North Cannon Parking Garage Repairs
at
The Ohio State University
CampusParc
160 Bevis Hall
1080 Carmack Road
Columbus, Ohio 43210
Project Manual
2545 Farmers Drive
Columbus, OH 43235
Project No: CPOSU-13-002
Issued for Bid
May 30, 2013
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page i
PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 0 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 00 11 16 – INVITATION TO BID .............................................................................................................. 1 SECTION 00 21 13 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .............................................................................................. 3 SECTION 00 21 14 – SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ............................................................... 5 SECTION 00 31 01 – PREVAILING WAGES ........................................................................................................... 8 SECTION 00 31 11 – DRUG FREE SAFETY PROGRAM ....................................................................................... 10 SECTION 00 31 50 – CONTRACTORS QUALIFICATION STATEMENT .................................................................. 13 SECTION 00 41 00 – BID FORM .......................................................................................................................... 15 SECTION 00 52 00 – FORM OF AGREEMENT ..................................................................................................... 24 SECTION 00 60 01 – PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND ............................................................................ 26 SECTION 00 60 11 – BID BOND .......................................................................................................................... 28 SECTION 00 72 13 – GENERAL CONDITIONS ..................................................................................................... 30 SECTION 00 77 00 – SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ....................................................................................... 32 DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 10 00 – SUMMARY ......................................................................................................................... 45 SECTION 01 21 00 – ALLOWANCES .................................................................................................................... 49 SECTION 01 22 00 – UNIT PRICES...................................................................................................................... 52 SECTION 01 23 00 – ALTERNATES ..................................................................................................................... 54 SECTION 01 25 00 – SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES .......................................................................................... 57 SECTION 01 26 00 – CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES ....................................................................... 62 SECTION 01 29 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES .................................................................................................. 65 SECTION 01 31 00 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION ............................................................... 70 SECTION 01 32 00 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION.............................................................. 77 SECTION 01 33 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ............................................................................................... 85 SECTION 01 35 13 – SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES .................................................................................... 96 SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................... 101 SECTION 01 42 00 – REFERENCES .................................................................................................................. 107 SECTION 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ..................................................................... 118 SECTION 01 60 00 – PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 126 SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................................... 131 SECTION 01 73 10 – CUTTING AND PATCHING................................................................................................ 136 SECTION 01 73 20 – SELECTIVE DEMOLITION ................................................................................................ 140 SECTION 01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES .............................................................................................. 146 SECTION 01 78 20 – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.......................................................................... 152 SECTION 01 78 39 – PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.................................................................................... 157 DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE
SECTION 03 01 33 – CONCRETE REMOVAL
SECTION 03 01 34 – REINFORCING STEEL
SECTION 03 01 35 – CONCRETE REPLACEMENT
SECTION 03 01 36 – POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR
SECTION 03 37 19 – PRESSURE GROUTING
161
167
173
179
185
DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07 14 13 – ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING
PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
190
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page ii
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES
SECTION 09 91 23 – GARAGE PAINTING
199
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING
SECTION 22 14 26 – GARAGE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE
203
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
SECTION 26 05 00 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 26 05 19 – LOW VOLTAGE POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
SECTION 26 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 26 05 33 – RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
SECTION 26 24 16 – PANELBOARDS
207
207
207
207
207
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 32 17 23 – PAINTED TRAFFIC MARKINGS
209
APPENDIX
AIA A701 –
AIA A305 –
AIA A101 –
AIA A312 –
AIA A312 –
AIA A310 –
AIA A201 –
SCHEDULE 10 –
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
PERFORMANCE BOND
PAYMENT BOND
BID BOND
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
SPECIAL EVENTS
DRAWINGS
SK-1
SK-2
L1-A2A
L1-A2B
ST7A1
PD-2
PD-3
PD-4
HP-1
HP-2
TRAFFIC WEAR SURFACE EXPOSURE REQUIREMENTS (TYPICAL FLOOR)
PHASE 1 LAYOUT PLANS (TOTAL GARAGE CLOSURE)
TYPICAL EXTERIOR BARRIER DETAIL
CONSTRUCTION PROTECTION SYSTEM
TYPICAL CONCRETE STAIR NOSING REPAIR
NOTES AND REPAIR PROCEDURE
CONCRETE REPAIR SECTION
REPAIR DETAIL OF JOISTS STEM USING PRESSURE GROUT
HELIPAD PLAN
CONCRETE REPAIRS
END OF PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
6 PAGES
4 PAGES
7 PAGES
4 PAGES
4 PAGES
2 PAGES
40 PAGES
7 PAGES
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 1
DIVISION 0 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 00 11 16 – INVITATION TO BID
Project: North Cannon Parking Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
Owner:
CampusParc LP
160 Bevis Hall
1080 Carmack Road
Columbus, OH 43210
Attention: Sarah Blouch, President
Architect:
Parsons Brinckerhoff
2545 Farmers Drive
Columbus, OH 43235
Date:
May 28, 2013
Sealed Proposals for construction of North Cannon Parking Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University will be
received by the Owner until 2:30 PM EDT time on Wednesday, June 12, 2013, for the following project:
Base Bid No 1. – North Cannon Parking Garage: The work includes repairs to existing concrete,
reinforcing steel, drainage systems, waterproofing and joint sealants; and, miscellaneous painting
work.
Bidding Documents are anticipated to be available for viewing on Thursday, May 30, 2013 and may be
purchased from the Owner’s designated printer for a cost of approximately $20 per set.
Printer: ARC Document Solutions
1159 Dublin Road, Suite 300
Columbus, OH 43215
614-224-5149
The Bid Documents are also available to view at the office of the Architect and the following Construction
Associations:
Central Ohio Minority Business
Association (COMBA)
1393 E. Broad Street
Columbus, OH 43205
http://www.comba.com/
(614) 252-8005
Reed Construction Data
30 Technology Parkway South,
Suite 100
Norcross, GA 30092
www.reedconstructiondata.com
1.800.699.8640
McGraw-Hill / Dodge
3315 Central Avenue
Hot Springs, AR 71913
http://construction.com/dodge/
(501) 321-2956
A pre-bid conference is tentatively scheduled for 10:00 AM EDT, Wednesday, June 5, 2013. All general
contractors that intend to submit their bid are encouraged to attend this pre-bid conference. The pre-bid
conference will take place at the north entrance to the North Cannon Parking Garage, 1640 Cannon Drive.
CampusParc reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive informalities therein to determine the lowest
qualified bidder, and to approve the Bond. No Bid may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days subsequent to the
specified time for receipt of bids.
A Bid Bond or Certified Check made payable to the Owner, in the amount of 5% of the Base Bid shall
accompany the Bid Packages as a guarantee that the Bidder, if awarded Contract, will furnish a satisfactory
INVITATION TO BID – SECTION 00 11 16
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 2
Performance and Payment Bond; execute the Contract; and proceed with the Work. Upon failure to do so, the
Contractor shall forfeit the deposit or amount of the Bid Bond as liquidated damages, and no mistakes or
errors on the part of the Bidder shall excuse the Bidder or entitle him to a return of the deposit or Bid Bond.
Questions concerning this project shall be received in writing only. No questions shall be submitted to
CampusParc. All questions shall be directed to:
Paul J. Landry, PE
Parsons Brinckerhoff
2545 Farmers Drive
Columbus, OH 43235
Landry@PBWorld.com
END OF SECTION 00 11 16
INVITATION TO BID – SECTION 00 11 16
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
SECTION 00 21 13 – INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
Instructions to Bidders - AIA
B. Related Documents:
1.2
1.
Document 00 11 16 – Invitation to Bid
2.
Document 00 21 14 – Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
3.
Document 00 31 50 – Contractors Qualification Statement
4.
Document 00 41 00 – Bid Form
5.
Document 00 60 11 – Bid Bond
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
A.
AIA Document A701 – 1997, Instructions to Bidders.
1.
AIA Documents are located in the Project Manual Appendix
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 21 13
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS– SECTION 00 21 13
Page 3
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS– SECTION 00 21 13
Page 4
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 5
SECTION 00 21 14 – SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
B. Related Documents:
1.2
1.
Document 00 11 16 – Invitation to Bid
2.
Document 00 21 13 – Instructions to Bidders
3.
Document 00 31 50 – Contractors Qualification Statement
4.
Document 00 41 00 – Bid Form
5.
Document 00 60 11 – Bid Bond
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
A.
These Supplementary Instructions to Bidders modify the Instructions to Bidders, AIA
Document A701 – 1997 as indicated below. All provisions which are not so modified remain
in full force and effect.
ARTICLE 3 – BIDDING DOCUMENTS
3.1.1
Revise to read: “Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing
office designated in the Invitation to Bid in the number and for the cost stated therein.”
ARTICLE 4.2 – BID SECURITY
4.2.1
Revise the first sentence to read: “Each Bid shall be accompanied by the bid security stipulated in
the Invitation to Bid.”
ARTICLE 4.3 – SUBMISSION OF BIDS
Add the following subparagraph:
4.3.5
Bids shall be submitted to the attention of the Owner’s representative, Sarah Blouch, President, at
the following address:
Campus Parc LP
160 Bevis Hall
1080 Carmack Road
Columbus, OH 43210
4.3.6
The submission of bids shall include the following completed, non amended forms:
-
Bid Form
Bid Bond
Three Copies of AIA Document A305, Contractor’s Qualification Statement
Bidding Contractor’s current Business License
ARTICLE 5.1 – OPENING OF BIDS
5.1
Revise to read: “Properly identified Bids received on time will be time stamped by the Owner and
will be held for a private bid opening. An abstract of the Bids shall be made available to Bidders
after Bid Award.”
ARTICLE 5.3 – ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD)
Add the following subparagraph:
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 14
Project:
Project No:
5.3.3
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 6
The Owner intends to award a Contract to the lowest qualified bidder within five business days of
the receipt of bids.
ARTICLE 6 – POST-BID INFORMATION
Delete paragraph 6.1 CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT as three copies of this
statement are to be included with the SUBMISSION OF BIDS, refer to paragraph 4.3.6 above.
Add the following subparagraphs:
6.1.1
KEY PERSONNEL
Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect one
page resumes for the following personnel proposed for this project:
-
Project Superintendent
-
Project Manager
-
Project Scheduler
The key personnel’s experience with performing the same duties on similar projects of the scope
and scale this project will be a consideration in the Owner’s evaluation of the bidder’s
qualifications,
6.1.2
PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE
Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit a preliminary bar chart
schedule that illustrates how the bidder intends to complete the project within the time frame
specified in Section 01 10 00 “SUMMARY”.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 21 14
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 14
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS – SECTION 00 21 14
Page 7
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 8
SECTION 00 31 01 – PREVAILING WAGES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
B. Related Documents:
1.2
1.
Document 00 11 16 – Invitation to Bid
2.
Document 00 21 13 – Instructions to Bidders – AIA
3.
Document 00 21 14 – Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
4.
Document 00 41 00 – Bid Form
5.
Document 00 52 00 – Form of Agreement
6.
Document 00 72 13 – General Conditions
7.
Document 00 77 00 – Supplementary Conditions
PREVAILING WAGES
A.
The Contractor shall comply with the prevailing wage requirements described under ORC
Chapter 4115 that include, without limitation, the requirements described under this Section.
B. This Project is subject to payment of prevailing wage rates, the Contractor shall:
1.
pay to laborers and mechanics performing Work on the Project the prevailing wage
rates of the Project locality, as determined by the Ohio Department of Commerce, Wage
and Hour Bureau;
2.
post in a prominent place readily accessible by all workers on the Site, a legible listing
of the current classifications of laborers, workers, and mechanics employed under this
Contract;
3.
ensure that the rates posted are current and remain posted in legible condition during
the period of the Contract; and
4.
not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Sum on account of an increase in
prevailing wage rates, except as otherwise provided by Applicable Law.
C. The Contractor may access the Ohio Department of Commerce, Wage & Hour Bureau at its
website, http://198.234.41.198/w3/webwh.nsf/pages/PrevailingWageBid, to obtain the
current wage rates.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 31 01
PREVAILING WAGES – SECTION 00 31 01
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PREVAILING WAGES – SECTION 00 31 01
Page 9
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 10
SECTION 00 31 11 – DRUG FREE SAFETY PROGRAM
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
B. Related Documents:
1.2
1.
Document 00 11 16 – Invitation to Bid
2.
Document 00 21 13 – Instructions to Bidders - AIA
3.
Document 00 41 00 – Bid Form
DRUG FREE SAFETY PROGRAM PARTICIPATION
A.
Throughout the performance of the Work, the Contractor shall be enrolled in and remain in
good standing in the Ohio Bureau of Workers’ Compensation (“OBWC”) Drug-Free Safety
Program (“DFSP”) or a comparable program approved by the OBWC that meets the
requirements specified in ORC Section 153.03 (“OBWC-approved DFSP”).
B. As required under ORC Section 153.03(E):
1.
“Each contractor shall require all subcontractors with whom the contractor is in contract
for the public improvement to be enrolled in and be in good standing in the Bureau of
Workers’ Compensation’s Drug-Free Workplace Program or a comparable program
approved by the Bureau that meets the requirements specified in section 153.03 of the
Revised Code prior to a subcontractor providing labor at the project site of the public
improvement.”
2.
“Each subcontractor shall require all lower-tier subcontractors with whom the
subcontractor is in contract for the public improvement to be enrolled in and be in good
standing in the Bureau of Workers’ Compensation’s Drug-Free Workplace Program or a
comparable program approved by the Bureau that meets the requirements specified in
section 153.03 of the Revised Code prior to a lower-tier subcontractor providing labor at
the project site of the public improvement.”
3.
“Failure of a contractor to require a subcontractor to be enrolled in and be in good
standing in the Bureau of Workers’ Compensation’s Drug-Free Workplace Program or a
comparable program approved by the Bureau that meets the requirements specified in
section 153.03 of the Revised Code prior to the time that the subcontractor provides
labor at the project site will result in the contractor being found in breach of the
contract and that breach shall be used in the responsibility analysis of that contractor or
the subcontractor who was not enrolled in a program for future contracts with the State
for 5 years after the date of the breach.”
4.
“Failure of a subcontractor to require a lower-tier subcontractor to be enrolled in and be
in good standing in the Bureau of Workers’ Compensation’s Drug-Free Workplace
Program or a comparable program approved by the Bureau that meets the
requirements specified in section 153.03 of the Revised Code prior to the time that the
lower-tier subcontractor provides labor at the project site will result in the subcontractor
being found in breach of the contract and that breach shall be used in the responsibility
analysis of that subcontractor or the lower-tier subcontractor who was not enrolled in a
program for future contracts with the State for 5 years after the date of the breach.”
5.
Prior to authorizing a Subcontractor to commence Work on the Site, the Contractor shall
obtain the Architect’s approval, and shall also submit written confirmation of the
DRUG FREE SAFETY PROGRAM – SECTION 00 31 11
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 11
Subcontractor’s enrollment on the Subcontractor and Material Supplier Declaration
form to the Architect.
6.
In addition to OBWC-approved DFSP Basic requirements, each Contractor and
Subcontractor that provides labor on the Site shall participate in a pool that performs
random drug testing of at least 5 percent of its employees who perform labor on the
Site. The random drug testing percentage shall also include the onsite supervisors of
the Contractor and Subcontractor. Basic random drug testing shall otherwise comply
with the same testing guidelines and criteria as required for OBWC-approved advanced
testing. The Contractor and Subcontractor shall provide evidence of required testing to
the Contracting Authority upon request.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 31 11
DRUG FREE SAFETY PROGRAM – SECTION 00 31 11
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
DRUG FREE SAFETY PROGRAM – SECTION 00 31 11
Page 12
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
SECTION 00 31 50 – CONTRACTORS QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
AIA Document A305 – 1986, Contractor’s Qualification Statement
2.
AIA Documents are located in the Project Manual Appendix
B. Related Documents:
1.
Document 00 11 16 – Invitation to Bid
2.
Document 00 21 13 – Instructions to Bidders - AIA
3.
Document 00 41 00 – Bid Form
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 31 50
CONTRACTORS QUALIFICATION STATEMENT – SECTION 00 31 50
Page 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONTRACTORS QUALIFICATION STATEMENT – SECTION 00 31 50
Page 14
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 15
SECTION 00 41 00 – BID FORM
Submit To:
SARAH BLOUCH, PRESIDENT
CAMPUS PARC LP
160 BEVIS HALL
1080 CARMACK ROAD
COLUMBUS, OH 43210
Subject:
NORTH CANNON PARKING GARAGE REPAIRS AT
THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
Company Name:
Contact:
Address:
City, State, Zip:
Phone:
Fax:
E-Mail:
In response to the Advertisement for Bidders and in accordance with the accompanying
Bidding Documents therein listed, the undersigned, upon written notice of award of contract,
acknowledges and agrees to provide all labor, material, equipment, tools, supervision,
safety, technical services, taxes, insurance, overhead, profit, bonds and to pay all permit
costs and fees necessary or required, and to supply the operations necessary and incidental
to perform the Contract Work in accordance with the provisions of the above referenced
documents in safe, timely and workmanlike manner for the Lump Sum Price as stated
below:
A.
B.
ADDENDA
Addenda to the Bidding Documents are included in the above Base Bid Proposal, and
receipt thereof is acknowledged as follows:
Addendum No:
Date:
Addendum No:
Date:
Addendum No:
Date:
Addendum No:
Date:
NOTES
a. Unit Price Quantities: Accurate quantities for portions of the Contract cannot be
pre-determined; they will be established as part of the Work. The estimated
BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 16
quantities below are approximate and serve to establish the Estimated Contract
Price.
b. Taxes and Overhead: The prices are for the completed work, including all
overhead, profit and other Contractor related expenses. All pricing is to exclude
Taxes.
c. All Other Items: Costs for items that are not specifically itemized and described
below, but are required to complete the work in accordance with the Drawings
and/or Specifications, and whose quantities can be pre-determined, are to be
included under “All Other Items”.
BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00
Project:
Project No:
C.
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 17
BASE BID
NO
.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
ESTIMATED QUANTITY
A1
Mobilization, Protection of Property,
Demobiliation
1
Lump Sum
(LS)
LS
A2
Phasing/ Construction Barrier / Traffic
Control
1
Lump Sum
(LS)
LS
A3
Shoring Design & Review
1
LS
A4
Shoring Installations
1
Lump Sum
(LS)
Lump Sum
(LS)
B
B1
Concrete Repair
Concrete removal, steel and concrete
preparation, concrete or p.m.m.
replacement around reinforcing steel,
placing, finishing and curing.
a)
3800
ft²
/ft²
b)
Through slab (dome) / joist top
surface repairs (incl. replacement of
wire mesh)
Joist stem replacement
2575
ft
/ft
c)
Joist stem (bottom edge) repairs
1000
ft
/ft
d)
Vertical Surface
400
ft²
/ft²
B2
Supply and install new epoxy coated
reinforcing steel, as directed by the
Consultant.
4100
lbs
/lbs
100
B4
a)
Supply and install new epoxy coated
dowels with minimum 200 mm
embedment using Hilti HIT HY 150
adhesive anchors.
Splice Welding
Mobilization to site
20
mob
/mob
b)
Splice weld reinforcing steel
250
splices
/splice
C
C1
Waterproofing
Remove and replace existing
elastormeric waterproofing system
from the slab at all areas on levels K
and L as shown on SK-1, including all
associated detailing.
B3
BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00
1
dowels
Lump Sum
(LS)
UNIT PRICE
PRICE FOR
ITEM
LS
/dowel
LS
$
-
$
-
$
-
$
-
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
-
-
-
-
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
NO
.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
ESTIMATED QUANTITY
C2
Remove and replace existing
elastormeric waterproofing system
from the slab at Levels B to J as
shown on SK-1, including all
associated detailing, on all areas of
damaged waterproofing and/or where
waterproofing removed for concrete
repairs.
Drainage
As directed by Consultant, remove
existing and supply and install new
drains.
Supply and install new drainage piping
to connect new drains to existing.
3500
E
E1
E2
F
F1
a)
Stairwells
North Stairwell Repairs
replace concrete stairwell flights (floor
level to floor level)
b)
ft²
Page 18
UNIT PRICE
PRICE FOR
ITEM
/ft²
6
drains
/drain
100
ft
/ft
3
flights
/flight
replace stair tread nosings (see ST7A1)
30
steps
/step
c)
Stair Soffit Repair
1500
ft²
/ft²
F2
a)
South Stairwell Repairs
replace stairwell flights (floor level to
floor level)
b)
3
flights
/flight
replace stair tread nosings (see ST7A1)
30
steps
/step
c)
Stair Soffit Repair
1500
ft²
/ft²
G
G1
Cash and Contingency Allowances
Cash Allowance for Testing
1
Allowance
G2
Cash Allowance for Permits
1
Allowance
G3
Contingency Allowance for Electrical
and Mechanical Repairs
1
Allowance
G4
Contingency Allowance for
Miscellaneous Repairs
1
Allowance
H
Bonding (Optional - May be Deleted)
1
Lump Sum
(LS)
LS
I
All Other Items
1
Lump Sum
(LS)
LS
BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
-
-
-
-
$
5,000.00
$
9,000.00
$
5,000.00
$
10,000.00
$
$
-
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 19
ALTERNATE BID
D.
Alternate Bid Work shall be priced as stand-alone items, including allowances for
increases in bonding, access, mobilization and demobilization, supervision and
permits. Alternate Bid Work may be included in the base contract or may be included
after award, by Change Order, if required.
NO.
K
Alternate Bids
K1
Alternate Bid No. 1
Repaint Garage Interior
Painting all walls, soffits and
columns, including pipes on all
levels in accordance with Section
09 91 23
Alternate Bid No. 2 – Helipad
concrete edge repairs
K2
E.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
ESTIMATED
QUANTITY
PRICE FOR
ITEM
UNIT PRICE
1
LS
LS
$
135
ft.
/ft.
$
350
ft2
ft2
K3
Alternate Bid No. 3 – Helipad
Elastomeric Waterproofing System
Replacement
K4
Alternate Bid No. 4 – Electrical
modifications to North Entrance
1
LS
LS
$
K5
Alternate Bid No. 5 – Repaint
Helipad fencing
1
LS
LS
$
-
PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BOND
Performance Bonds and Labor and Material Payment Bonds shall be required for the
proposed Work. The amount included in the Base Bid Amount above is: $
(Written Amount)
F.
LABOR RATES (ATTACH ADDITIONAL SHEETS AS NECESSARY)
Craft/Work Classification:
Rate: $________/HR
Craft/Work Classification:
Rate: $________/HR
BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00
Project:
Project No:
G.
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 20
Craft/Work Classification:
Rate: $________/HR
Craft/Work Classification:
Rate: $________/HR
Craft/Work Classification:
Rate: $________/HR
Craft/Work Classification:
Rate: $________/HR
Craft/Work Classification:
Rate: $________/HR
Craft/Work Classification:
Rate: $________/HR
Craft/Work Classification:
Rate: $________/HR
SITE VISIT VERIFICATION
Bidder: ________________________________
I acknowledge that I have visited and inspected the parking structure in which the renovation work is to be
performed and the addition is to be constructed. My bid is based on details and quantities obtained and/or
verified during this visit as well as actual dimensions of areas.
I further acknowledge that I am familiar with building features, access provisions, construction schedule and
phasing parameters, and any other factors that will affect material delivery and installation. My bid is complete
and includes supply, delivery and actual installation of equipment as well as removal and disposal of any
material as per the specifications.
Signed: ________________________________
Title: ___________________________________
Date: __________________________________
H.
PROPOSED COMPLETION DATES
Paragraph 1. of Section 01 10 00 – SUMMARY, states CampusParc's preferred substantial completion date for
the Work. The undersigned proposes to achieve the following dates of substantial completion:
North Cannon Garage Repairs will be substantially complete and ready for occupancy by
________________________ (write in your calendar date).
BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00
Project:
Project No:
I.
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 21
PROPOSED SUPCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
The name of each proposed subcontractor or supplier must be given in the following list. If the Bidder
proposes to sublet a part of the work, which is not listed below, the subtrade and the proposed subcontractor’s
name shall be added to the list. Failure by a Bidder to comply with the foregoing requirements may result in
the bid being rejected as an informal bid.
Failure to supply name of proposed subcontractor and product at the time of the bid shall indicate that work
will be performed by the bidding contractor’s own forces. Subcontractors not proposed at the time of bid shall
not be permitted to perform work in this contract without the Owner’s/Consultant’s approval.
TRADE
Membrane Waterproofing
Epoxy Materials
Ready-Mix Concrete
Polymer Modified Concrete
Expansion Joint Seal
Electrical
Traffic Marking
Painting Concrete
Plumbing and Drainage
BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00
PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTOR OR
SUPPLIER
PROPOSED SPECIFIED PRODUCT
Project:
Project No:
J.
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 22
SIGNATURE
The undersigned certifies that it has examined and is fully familiar with all of the provisions of the Bidding
Documents and any Addenda thereto; and that it has carefully reviewed all of the works and figures shown in
the Bid Documents and the accuracy of all statements in this Bid Proposal; and that he has been fully
authorized to make such statements and submit this Proposal in his company’s behalf.
Respectfully Submitted,
Legal Name of Firm:
_____________________________________
Address of Business:
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
Telephone Number:
_____________________________________
Signature:
_____________________________________
Title:
_____________________________________
Date Signed:
_____________________________________
Checked Accordingly:
Individual Owner ____
{Seal; if Bid is by Corporation}
END OF SECTION 00 41 00
BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00
Partnership
____
Corporation
____
Located in the State of
____
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
BID FORM – SECTION 00 41 00
Page 23
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
SECTION 00 52 00 – FORM OF AGREEMENT
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
AIA Document A101 – 2007, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and
Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum
2.
AIA Documents are located in the Project Manual Appendix
B. Related Documents:
1.
Document 00 11 16 – Invitation to Bid
2.
Document 00 21 13 – Instructions to Bidders – AIA
3.
Document 00 21 14 – Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
4.
Document 00 41 00 – Bid Form
5.
Document 00 72 13 – General Conditions
6.
Document 00 77 00 – Supplementary Conditions
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 52 00
FORM OF AGREEMENT – SECTION 00 52 00
Page 24
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
FORM OF AGREEMENT – SECTION 00 52 00
Page 25
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
SECTION 00 60 01 – PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
AIA Document A312 – 1984, Performance Bond
2.
AIA Document A312 – 1984, Payment Bond.
3.
AIA Documents are located in the Project Manual Appendix
B. Related Documents:
1.
Document 00 11 16 – Invitation to Bid
2.
Document 00 21 13 – Instructions to Bidders – AIA
3.
Document 00 21 14 – Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
4.
Document 00 41 00 – Bid Form
5.
Document 00 52 00 – Form of Agreement
6.
Document 00 72 13 – General Conditions
7.
Document 00 77 00 – Supplementary Conditions
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 60 01
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND – SECTION 00 60 01
Page 26
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND – SECTION 00 60 01
Page 27
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
SECTION 00 60 11 – BID BOND
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
AIA Document A310 – 1970, Bid Bond
2.
AIA Documents are located in the Project Manual Appendix
B. Related Documents:
1.
Document 00 11 16 – Invitation to Bid
2.
Document 00 21 13 – Instructions to Bidders – AIA
3.
Document 00 21 14 – Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
4.
Document 00 31 50 – Contractors Qualification Statement
5.
Document 00 41 00 – Bid Form
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 60 11
BID BOND – SECTION 00 60 11
Page 28
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
BID BOND – SECTION 00 60 11
Page 29
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 30
SECTION 00 72 13 – GENERAL CONDITIONS
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
AIA Document A201 – 2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction
2.
AIA Documents are located in the Project Manual Appendix
B. Related Documents:
1.
Document 00 11 16 – Invitation to Bid
2.
Document 00 21 13 – Instructions to Bidders – AIA
3.
Document 00 21 14 – Supplementary Instructions to Bidders
4.
Document 00 41 00 – Bid Form
5.
Document 00 52 00 – Form of Agreement
6.
Document 00 60 01 – Performance and Payment Bond
7.
Document 00 77 00 – Supplementary Conditions
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 72 13
GENERAL CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 72 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
GENERAL CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 72 13
Page 31
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 32
SECTION 00 77 00 – SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Document Includes:
1.
Supplementary Conditions.
B. Related Documents:
1.2
1.
Document 00 31 01 – Prevailing Wages
2.
Document 00 31 11 – Drug Free Safety Program
3.
Document 00 52 00 – Form of Agreement
4.
Document 00 60 01 – Performance and Payment Bond
5.
Document 00 72 13 – General Conditions
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
A.
These Supplementary Conditions modify the General Conditions of the Contract for
Construction, AIA Document A201-2007, and other provisions of the Contract Documents as
indicated below. All provisions which are not so modified remain in full force and effect.
B. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General
Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201-2007, have the meanings
assigned to them in the General Conditions.
ARTICLE 1.1 - BASIC DEFINITIONS
Add the following subparagraphs:
1.1.6.1
The Ohio State University Building Design Standards Part 2 – Contract Administration (Division 1)
is a part of these specifications. This document may be viewed on line and downloaded from the
following internet address: http://fod.osu.edu/bds/div_01.pdf
1.1.9
Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming
the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication,
conveying and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components
required for reuse.
1.1.10
Furnish: To supply and deliver, unload, inspect for damage.
1.1.11
Install: To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, place, finish, cure, protect, clean, and make ready for
use.
1.1.12
Provide: To furnish and install.
1.1.13
Consultant: Has the same meaning as Architect
1.1.14
Architects consultant: Is a consultant on the Architect’s team.
ARTICLE 1.2 - CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Add the following subparagraphs:
1.2.4
Sections of Division 1 - General Requirements govern the execution of the work of all sections of
the specifications.
1.2.5
The drawings and project manual contemplate a finished piece of work of such character and
quality as is described in and reasonably inferable from them; and the Contractor, recognizing the
impossibility of producing drawings and project manuals with perfect accuracy, agrees that his
submitted price for the work hereunder includes sufficient money allowance to make his work
complete and operable, fitting with the work of other contractors and the Owner, and in
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 33
compliance with good practice and the ordinances, codes and regulations of all bodies or persons
having governmental authority over it.
1.2.6
All Suppliers and subcontractors including mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, and electrical,
shall review architectural drawings and project manual to coordinate installation of adjacent
and/or abutting work. Where conflicts occur (Architectural layout to govern), contact Architect for
clarification prior to rough-in installation (i.e.; casework base cabinet and electrical duplex
receptacle occurring at same location without an adjusted height notation from standard height).
The effected subcontractor shall revise conflicting installations without additional costs to the
Owner.
ARTICLE 1.4 – INTERPRETATION
Add the following subparagraphs:
1.4.1
Drawings intend to show general arrangements, design and extent of work and are partly
diagrammatic. As such, they are not intended to be scaled for roughing-in measurements or to
serve as shop drawings.
1.4.1.1
Where dimensions are not shown on the drawings and the extent of the work is indicated between
existing construction and/or legal boundaries, the latter shall govern regardless of a dimension by
scale from the drawings.
1.4.2
Should discrepancies in architectural drawings, structural drawings and mechanical drawings
occur, architectural drawings shall govern and, in case of conflict between structural and
mechanical drawings, structural drawings shall govern. Items of mechanical, plumbing or
electrical work indicated on architectural drawings and not on the respective engineering
drawings shall be deemed to be included in the contract and not subject to extra costs.
1.4.3
Should a discrepancy occur resulting from conflicting information, the more restrictive
requirement (greater total construction cost option) shall be taken in preference to the less
restrictive information. Conflicts shall be brought to the Architect’s attention in writing, prior to
proceeding with work affecting or related to the conflict.
ARTICLE 2 – OWNER
Delete subparagraph 2.1.2
Add the following subparagraphs:
2.2.5.1
The Owner will furnish fifteen (15) sets of the Drawings and Project Manual to the Contractor at
the Owner’s cost.
2.5
OWNERS RIGHT TO REPLACE THE SUPERINTENDENT AND/OR PROJECT MANAGER
2.5.1
At the sole discretion of the Owner it at any time during the Work the Owner determines that the
Contractors superintendent and/or the project manager are unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall
provide a different superintendent and/or project manager that is acceptable to the Owner within
48 hours of receipt of written direction from the Owner to replace the superintendent and/or
project manager. There will be no increase to Contract Time or Contract Sum to replace the
superintendent and/or project manager.
2.5.2
The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the resume of the intended Superintendent and
Project Manager documenting similar experience within the past 5 years. Resumes shall be
inserted in the contract documents and approved prior to execution by the Owner. The
Superintendent and Project Manager shall be approved by the Owner and shall not be changed
without Owner’s consent.
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACTOR
Add the following subparagraphs:
3.1.4
Contractor certifies and warrants to the Owner and to The Ohio State University that neither it nor
any of its agents, representatives or employees who will participate in any way in their
performance of Contractor’s obligations hereunder has or will have any conflict of interest, direct
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 34
or indirect taking into account the roles of both the Owner and The Ohio State University, for
duration of the performance of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract. Any such conflict
of interest not previously declared and approved by both the Owner and The Ohio State University
will be grounds for termination without compensation.
3.1.5
The Contractor agrees to pay all of its own expenses of participating in or assuming each defense
of a third party claim. The Contractor shall cooperate in good faith in the defense of each third
party claim, even if the defense has been assumed by the Owner or by The Ohio State University
and may participate in such defense assisted by counsel of its own choice at its own expense.
Contractor shall be responsible for any and all costs associated with third party claims attributable
to the Contractor’s failure to comply with all applicable laws and the requirements of this Contract.
ARTICLE 3.2 – REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
Add the following subparagraphs:
3.2.5
The Architect will receive, log, and review all Requests for Information (RFI's) for completeness
and verify the question is reasonable and understandable. The Architect will provide a short
technical review of the RFI to determine if the issue is addressed adequately in the contract
documents. The Architect will return the RFI if the question is unclear or, in the opinion of the
Architect, the answer is contained in the contract documents. The Architect will note where the
requested information can be found in the contract Documents.
3.2.5.1
The Contractor shall compensate the Owner, Two-Hundred Fifty Dollars ($250) for each RFI that is
submitted to the Architect where the answer is contained in the contract documents.
ARTICLE 3.4 – LABOR AND MATERIALS
Add the following subparagraphs:
3.4.2.1
Contractor shall compensate Architect $150 per hour to evaluate requests for Substitution
received after bid opening. Architect will provide the estimated hours required to evaluate the
proposed Substitution for Contractor review and approval prior to performing the evaluation.
ARTICLE 3.5 – WARRANTY
Add the following subparagraphs:
3.5.1
Neither the final certificate, nor payment, nor any provisions in the Contract Documents shall
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship. The Contractor shall
remedy any defects due thereto, at no charge to the Owner, and shall pay for any damage to their
work resulting therefrom that shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of
Substantial Completion
3.5.2
Warrantees are to be issued by the Contractor or by the Subcontractors on their own letterhead
and endorsed by the contractor. Warrantees shall state, verbatim, that warranty period to begins
“At the date of Substantial Completion as stated on the Certificate of Substantial Completion”;
warrantees that state a date or other language will be considered non-conforming by the architect
and returned to the contractor for resubmittal. The date of Substantial Completion shall be as
described in Article 9.8 of the General Conditions.
3.5.3
The start date of Warrantees for Mechanical, Electrical, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Elevator or
other equipment made operational prior to the date of Substantial Completion shall be required to
have the full warrantee period begin at the date of Substantial Completion.
3.5.4
Should conditions be uncovered during the first five (5) years following final completion of the
project which exhibit that certain work required by the contract documents was not completed
according to those documents; the contractor shall be required to remedy that portion of
incomplete work at no additional cost to the Owner.
ARTICLE 3.6 – TAXES
Delete paragraph 3.6.1 and replace with the following paragraphs:
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 35
3.6.1
Only those materials that ultimately become a part of the completed structure or improvement
which constitutes the Project shall be exempt from state sales tax and state use tax.
3.6.2
The purchase, lease, or rental of material, equipment, parts, or expendable items as concrete
form lumber, tools, oils, greases, and fuels, which are used in connection with the Work, are
subject to the application of state sales tax and state use tax.
ARTICLE 3.7 – PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES, AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
Add the following subparagraphs:
3.7.1.1
The Architect has submitted the construction documents to the Ohio Department of Commerce,
Division of Industrial Compliance. The Contractor’s responsibility shall include personal delivery of
construction documents and other requested information in required numbers by the other
various officials, departments and public utilities / agencies that control the issuance of building
and site construction permits. The Contractor shall report any required changes or requests for
additional information to the Architect immediately upon receiving notice of it from building and
site officials. The Architect will then provide the necessary information where upon the
Contractor’s representative will pick up and deliver the required documentation promptly.
3.7.1.2
The Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits (whether of a temporary, partial or permanent
nature), and all certificates of inspection and occupancy which may be required by authorities
having jurisdiction over this work.
3.7.2.1
National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (“NPDES”) Storm Water General Permit: The
Contractor shall secure the NPDES general permit by submitting a Notice of Intent (“NOI”)
application form to the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency. The Contractor shall be a “copermitee” if required under Applicable Law.
3.7.2.2
The Contractor shall prepare and certify a storm water pollution prevention plan to provide
sedimentation and erosion controls at the Project.
3.7.2.3
The Contractor shall prepare and process the required Notice of Termination (“NOT”) prior to
Contract Completion
3.7.2.4
All work to be governed by and controlled by local, state and federal requirements for air pollution
and disturbance of surrounding areas.
3.7.2.5
Contractor must notify the Owner within five (5) Days after receiving notice from a Governmental
Authority that the Contractor may have violated any Laws.
ARTICLE 3.9 – SUPERINTENDENT
Add the following subparagraphs:
3.9.4
The Contractor’s superintendent shall be the same individual from project start to finish (one
person), assigned full time, exclusively for this project, remaining on site continuously through the
completion of all punch list work.
ARTICLE 3.12 – SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
Add the following subparagraphs:
3.12.6.1
Submittals that are not in compliance with the Contract Documents may be returned by the
Architect without action. In addition, the Contractor shall compensate the Owner, Two-Hundred
Fifty Dollars ($250) for each submittal that is not in compliance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3.13 – USE OF SITE
Add the following subparagraph
3.13.2
The Contractor shall consult with the Owner to obtain full knowledge of the Owner’s rules,
regulations, or requirements affecting the Project.
ARTICLE 3.16 – ACCESS TO WORK
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 36
Change to read:
3.16
The Contractor shall provide the Owner, The Ohio State University, Architect, Police, Fire,
Emergency and Public Safety access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located.
ARTICLE 3.18 – INDEMNIFICATION
Change the first part of the first sentence of Article 3.18.1 to read: “3.18.1 To the fullest extent
permitted by law the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, The Ohio State
University, Architect, Architect’s consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and
against …”
ARTICLE 3.19 – PROJECT RECORDS
Add the following subparagraphs
3.19.1
The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of all books, records and documents prepared or
employed by the Contractor with respect to the Project.
3.19.2
The Contractor shall grant to the Owner and The Ohio State University and their respective
authorized representatives (Persons), such audit and inspection rights and allow such Persons
such access to and the right to copy such books and records (including electronic records and
electronic drawings) as such Persons may reasonably request from time to time in connection
with the issuance of Change Orders, the resolution of disputes, and such other matters as such
Persons reasonably deems necessary for purposes of complying or verifying compliance with the
Contract.
ARTICLE 4.3.7 – CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME
Add the following subparagraphs:
4.3.7.1.1
Any extension of time shall require the issuance of a change order establishing the new contract
completion time. An extension of time granted solely because of bad weather delays shall not be
a basis for additional cost.
4.3.7.2.1
The following chart of average monthly mean number of days with precipitation of 0.01 inch or
more as reported by the National Climatic Data Center (NCDC) for the Columbus area. Only lost
days in excess of the number indicated for each month below will be considered as a basis for
time extension. Monthly lost day projections are based on seven (7) day calendar week. The
monthly lost day projections do not accumulate from month to month.
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
13
11
13
13
13
11
11
9
8
9
11
13
ARTICLE 5.2 – AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK
Add the following subparagraph
5.2.5
The Contractor shall use good faith efforts to obtain the participation of Minority-Owned and
Women-Owned Business Enterprises (MBE/WBE). In order to demonstrate this good faith efforts
commitment, the Contractor shall complete and submit to the Owner (i) a MBE/WBE Solicitation
and Commitment Statement, which shall detail the efforts of the Contractor to obtain such
participation or (ii) a MBE/WBE Commitment Waiver Request, which shall detail the reasons why
no MBE/WBE participation could be obtained.
5.2.5.1
Within twenty (20) Days after the request from the Owner, the Contractor shall submit a report
detailing the actual levels of MBE/WBE participation in this Contract.
ARTICLE 6.2 – MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
Add the following subparagraph
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
6.2.3.1
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 37
The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are
payable to the Architect because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of
the Contractor.
ARTICLE 7 – CHANGES IN THE WORK
Add the following subparagraphs:
7.1.4
The following fees apply to Changes in the Work:
7.1.4.1
For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor’s own forces, 15 percent of the cost of
labor, 10 percent of the cost of materials and 5 percent for cost of equipment rental;
7.1.4.2
For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor’s Subcontractor, 5 percent of the
amount of the Subcontractor;
7.1.4.3
For each Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor involved, for any work performed by that
Subcontractor’s own forces, 10 percent of the work cost (labor, materials, equipment).
7.1.4.4
For each Subcontractor, for work performed by Subcontractor’s Sub-subcontractors, 5 percent of
the amount due the Sub-subcontractor.
7.1.4.5
In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so
minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete
itemization of costs including, labor, materials and Subcontracts. Labor and materials shall be
itemized in the manner prescribed above. Where major cost items are Subcontracts, they shall be
itemized also.
7.1.4.6
On Work deleted from the Contract, credit to the Owner shall be the Architect approved net cost
plus 100% of the overhead and profit percentage noted above.
7.1.4.7
The overhead and profit charge by the Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor shall be
considered to include, but is not limited to; performance and payment bonds, permits and
inspection fees, job site office expense, incidental job burdens, truck expense including mileage,
small hand tools, project supervision including field supervision, company benefits and general
office overhead.
ARTICLE 8 – TIME
Add the following subparagraph:
8.1.5
Contract Time is identified in Division 01 Section “Summary”.
8.2.4
Liquidated Damages: The Liquidated Damages for delay in completion of the Contract, shall be
Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($2,500) per calendar day of delay until the work reaches
Final Completion and is accepted by the Owner.
8.3.4
The Contractor shall promptly resolve all project labor disputes (Union based or otherwise) which
affect the work. Labor disputes are those which specifically and singularly are directed to this
project. No project completion time extensions will be considered for delays caused by such
disputes. The Contractor resolution of and costs incurred to resolve these disputes shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. General labor disputes which affect all local, city, state or
nationwide construction activities (not isolated, specific projects) may be granted time delay
extensions if requested.
ARTICLE 9.2 – SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Add the following subparagraphs:
9.2.1
The schedule of values shall include a ten thousand dollar ($10,000) value for the Contractor’s
Construction Schedule specified in Division 1 Section “Construction Progress Documentation”.
9.2.2
The schedule of values shall include a ten thousand dollar ($10,000) value for Project Record
Documents and the Operations and Maintenance Data specified in Division 1 Sections “Project
Record Documents” and “Operation and Maintenance Data”.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 38
ARTICLE 9.3 – APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
Add the following subparagraph:
9.3.1.3
Retainage shall be 10% of work in place through date of Substantial Completion and shall be
reduced to 5% of work in place until Final Completion.
ARTICLE 9.9 – PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE
Add the following subparagraph
9.9.4
Any additional costs for out-of-sequence work, within each phase, as requested by the Owner or
Architect to meet job occupancy requirements or to allow beneficial use of the building to the
Owner is to be included in the Contractor’s bid amount.
ARTICLE 10.3 – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
Add the following subparagraph:
10.3.7
The Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner as promptly as possible, and, in any event, not
later than ten (10) hours following the Contractor becoming aware of the discharge, dumping, or
spilling (accidental or otherwise) of any reportable quantity, as defined under applicable
Environmental Law, of Hazardous Substances occurring with respect to the North Cannon parking
garage3, the time, the agencies involved, the damage that has occurred and the remedial action
taken. The Contractor shall be financially responsible and shall pay the costs and expenses of any
remediation required as a result of any such discharge, dumping or spilling of Hazardous
Substances caused by the willful misconduct or negligent action of, or permitted by the negligent
inaction of, the Contractor or any of its agents, representatives or employees. The Contractor
shall not be financially responsible for the actions of third parties except for those actions with
respect to which the Contractor or any of its agents, representatives or employees shall have had
prior knowledge or those actions consented to by the Contractor or any of its agents,
representatives or employees.
ARTICLE 10.4 – EMERGENCIES
Add the following subparagraphs:
10.4.1
In the event of an emergency affecting the safety of the Project, other property, or individuals, the
Contractor, without special instruction or authorization, shall act to prevent the threatened
damage, injury, or loss.
10.4.2
The Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of all emergencies as promptly as possible, and,
in any event, not later than ten (10) hours of such emergency being known to the Contractor and
promptly provide notice to the Owner of all material accidents and incidents occurring with respect
to the North Cannon parking garage and of all claims in excess of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars
($25,000) annually made by or against the Contractor or potential claims in excess of Twenty Five
Thousand Dollars ($25,000) annually that the Contractor reasonably expects to make against, or
to be made against it by, third parties.
ARTICLE 11.1 – CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE
Add the following subparagraphs:
11.1.1
The following limits of liability shall apply:
11.1.1.1
Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability are to be in excess of those required by statute
with limits of:
.a
$1,000,000 EL Each Accident
.b
$1,000,000 EL Disease – Each Employee
.c
$1,000,000 EL Disease – Policy Limit
11.1.1.2
Commercial General Liability Insurance, including coverage for premises operations, independent
contractors’ protective, products completed operations, contractual liability, personal injury and
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 39
property damage (including coverage for explosion, collapse and underground hazards) with limits
of:
.a
$1,000,000 Each occurrence
.b
$100,000 Fire Damage
.c
$10,000 Medical Expenses
.d
$1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury
.e
$2,000,000 General Aggregate
.f
$2,000,000 Products Completed Operations Aggregate
The policy is to be endorsed to have $2,000,000 general aggregate per Project. Products and
completed operations insurance shall be maintained for no less than 5 years after the earlier of
the termination of Contract or Final Acceptance of all Work.
11.1.1.3
Business Automobile Liability Insurance (owned, non-owned and hired vehicles) for bodily injury
and property damage with limits of:
.a
$1,000,000 Each Occurrence
The policy shall include the State, the Owner, and the Architect as additional insureds.
11.1.1.4
Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance with limits of:
.a
$5,000,000 Over primary insurance
11.1.3.1
Certificates of insurance shall be on ACORD Form 25-S, supplemented by AIA Document G715,
Supplemental Attachment.
11.1.5
The Contractor shall provide evidence of proof of insurance, as required throughout this Contract,
with the Owner as a named insured.
ARTICLE 11.3 – PROPERTY INSURANCE
Revise to read:
11.3.1
The Contractor shall provide and maintain, during the progress of the Work and until the execution
of the final Certification of Contract Completion by the Architect, a Builder's Risk insurance policy
to cover all Work in the course of construction including false-work, temporary buildings and
structures, and materials used in the construction process, stored on or off-site, or while in transit.
This insurance shall be on a special cause of loss form, which provides coverage on an open perils
basis insuring against the direct physical loss of, or damage to, covered property including, but not
limited to, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, earthquake, tornado, lightning, explosion,
breakage of glass, flood, collapse, water damage, and hot and cold testing. This insurance shall
be written on a replacement cost basis and shall also include debris removal, and/or demolition
occasioned by enforcement of Applicable Law
11.3.1.1
The amount of coverage shall be not less than the total completed value of the Project, including
the value of permanent fixtures and decorations, with a deductible of not more than $25,000 per
occurrence. Any deductible over the amount specified shall be authorized in writing by the Owner
and the Architect.
11.3.1.2
Coverage shall include a provision to pay the reasonable extra costs of acceleration and
expediting temporary and permanent repairs to, or permanent replacement of, damaged property.
This shall include overtime wages and the extra cost of "express" or other means for rapidly
transporting materials and supplies necessary to the repair or replacement.
11.3.1.3
Coverage shall include “soft cost endorsement” including, but not limited to, the reasonable extra
costs of the A/E and reasonable Contractor extension or acceleration costs.
11.3.1.4
Coverage shall include material in transit or stored off-site and identified for the Project.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 40
11.3.1.5
Coverage shall waive all rights between the Owner, the Architect, the Contractor, and
Subcontractors at any tier, for damages caused by fire or any other perils to the extent of actual
recovery of any insurance proceeds under the policy.
11.3.1.6
Coverage shall include appropriate sub-limits for installation coverage.
11.3.1.7
Coverage shall include provisions for mechanical or electrical breakdown, or boiler system testing.
11.3.1.8
Coverage shall include temporary structures and scaffolding, along with collapse coverage.
11.3.1.9
Coverage shall be primary to all other applicable insurance.
11.3.1.10
The Builder's Risk policy shall specifically permit and allow for Partial Occupancy by the Owner
prior to execution of the final Certification of Contract Completion by the Architect and coverage
shall remain in effect until all punch list items are completed.
11.3.1.11
The Contractor’s tools and equipment shall not be covered under the Builder’s Risk policy. It is the
Contractor’s sole responsibility to maintain such coverage, which shall be included in its Overhead
and not included as a separate item in the Contractor’s Schedule of Values.
11.3.2
If the Contractor is involved solely in the installation of material and equipment and not in new
building construction, the Contractor shall purchase and maintain a Builder's Risk, Builder's RiskRenovations, or Installation Floater insurance policy. The policy shall comply with the provisions of
Section 11.4.1.
ARTICLE 11.5 – PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
Add the following subparagraphs:
11.5.3
The Contractor shall furnish bonds to the Owner in the following amounts:
.1
Furnish a 100 percent Performance Bond on AIA Document A312.
.2
Furnish a 100 percent Payment Bond on AIA Document A312.
ARTICLE 11.6 – WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION
Add the following subparagraphs:
11.6.1
To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Contractor waives all rights against the
Owner, the Architect, and their agents and employees for damages to the extent covered by any
insurance, except rights to the proceeds of that insurance. All policies shall accomplish the waiver
of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.
11.6.2
The Owner, the Architect, and the Contractor waive all rights against each other for damages
caused by fire or other perils to the extent of actual recovery of any insurance proceeds under any
property insurance, inland marine insurance, or Builder’s Risk insurance applicable to the Work.
ARTICLE 11.7 – INDEMNIFICATION FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE
Add the following subparagraphs:
11.7.1
To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold
harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against all claims, costs, damages, losses, fines,
penalties, and expenses (including but not limited to all fees and charges of contractors,
engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court, arbitration, or other
dispute-resolution costs) arising out of or in connection with the Project, provided that any such
claim, cost, damage, loss, fine, penalty, or expense (all of which may be direct, indirect, or
consequential) is attributable to:
11.7.1.1
bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property but only
to the extent caused by the negligent acts, errors, or omissions of the Contractor or a person or
entity for whom the Contractor may be liable;
11.7.1.2
infringement of patent rights or copyrights by the Contractor or a person or entity for whom the
Contractor may be liable; or
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 41
11.7.1.3
a violation of Applicable Law but only to the extent attributable to the Contractor or a person or
entity for whom the Contractor may be liable.
11.7.2
The Contractor’s indemnification obligation under Section 11.6.1 exists regardless of whether or
not and the extent to which the claim, damage, loss, fine, penalty, or expense is caused in part by
a party indemnified under Section 11.6.1. But nothing in Section 11.6.1 obligates the Contractor
to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or
entity's own negligence.
11.7.3
The Contractor’s obligations under Section 11.6.1 shall not extend to the liability of the A/E, the
A/E's consultants, agents, representatives, or employees for negligent preparation or approval of
Drawings, Specifications, Change Orders, opinions, and any other responsibility of the A/E, except
to the extent covered by the Contractor's insurance.
11.7.4
In claims against an Indemnified Party by any direct or indirect employee (or the survivor or
personal representative of that employee) of the Contractor or a person or entity for whom the
Contractor may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 11.6.1 will not be limited by
a limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable under workers’
compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts.
11.7.5
The Contractor’s indemnification obligation under Section 11.6.1 will not be limited by any
insurance policy provided or required in connection with the Project.
11.7.6
The Contractor’s obligations under Section 11.6.1 shall not negate, abridge, or reduce other rights
or obligations of indemnity, which would otherwise exist as to an Indemnified Party.
11.7.7
The Contractor’s indemnification obligation under Section 11.6.1 will survive termination of the
Contract and Final Acceptance of the Work.
11.7.8
The Architect may deduct from the Contract Sum the claims, damages, losses, fines, penalties,
and expenses for which the Contractor is liable under Section 11.6.1. If those claims, damages,
losses, fines, penalties, and expenses exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, the
Contractor shall immediately pay the difference to the Owner.
ARTICLE 11.8 – INDEMNIFICATION FOR USE OF ELECTRONIC FILES
Add the following subparagraphs:
11.8.1
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Indemnified Parties from and against all claims, damages, losses, and expenses (including, but
not limited to, the fees and charges of contractors, engineers, architects, attorneys, and other
professionals) arising out of, or related to the Contractor’s, or any other Person’s use of electronic
files, including, but not limited to, CAD or BIM files (collectively “Electronic Files”).
11.8.1.1
These Electronic Files are provided solely for the Contractor’s convenience and use related to the
Project. Any use of the Electronic Files shall be at the sole risk of the Contractor.
11.8.1.2
The Owner alone owns the Electronic Files and every right, title, and interest therein from the
moment of creation.
11.8.1.3
The Electronic Files are not products.
11.8.1.4
The Contractor shall not use the Electronic Files for any purpose other than as a convenience for
preparing Shop Drawings, Coordination Drawings, Record Drawings, or fabrication data for
components, systems, and assemblies intended solely for use on the Project.
11.8.1.5
The State and the A/E make no warranties, either express or implied, of the merchantability or
fitness of the Electronic Files for any particular purpose.
11.8.1.6
The Contractor understands and accepts that the Electronic Files may deteriorate or be
inadvertently or otherwise modified without authorization of the State or the A/E.
11.8.1.7
The State and the A/E make no representations as to compatibility, usability, or readability of the
Electronic Files resulting from the use of software, application packages, operating systems, or
computer hardware differing from those used to create the Electronic Files.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 42
11.8.1.8
In the event of a conflict between the Contract Documents and the Electronic Files, the Contract
Documents shall control, take precedence over, and govern the Electronic Files.
11.8.1.9
The Contractor alone is responsible to check, verify, and otherwise confirm the accuracy of data
on the Electronic Files.
11.8.1.10 The Contractor shall not make any claims and hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
any claims or causes of action of any nature against the Indemnified Parties, which may arise out
of, or in connection with, the use of the Electronic Files.
ARTICLE 12.3 – ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFROMING WORK
Add the following subparagraph:
12.3.1
Each Subcontractor and material supplier shall examine the materials and surface of all
conditions relating to any and all materials installed by others prior to commencing the work
assigned to them. Should any Subcontractor or material supplier object to the work of others he
shall notify the Contractor and the Architect. However once the Subcontractor or material supplier
commences work on materials and surfaces supplied or installed by others, he accepts
responsibility for complete installation of his work including the base or surface on which his
materials are installed.
ARTICLE 13.5 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Add the following subparagraph:
13.5.1.1
The costs of tests, inspections and approvals shall be paid for by the Architect.
ARTICLE 13.6 – INTEREST
Add the following subparagraph:
13.6.2
Interest rate shall be three (3) percent annually.
ARTICLE 13.9 – PARTNERING
Add the following subparagraphs:
13.9.1
The formation of a cohesive, mutually beneficial partnering arrangement among the Contractor,
the Architect, and the Owner will accomplish the construction of the Project most effectively and
efficiently. This arrangement draws on their collective strengths, skills, and knowledge to achieve
a Project of the intended quality, within budget, and on schedule. To achieve that objective,
participation in a partnering session is required for the following key stakeholders:
13.9.1.1
Owner: Primary representative
13.9.1.2
Architect: Principal-in-charge, project manager, field representative, major consultants
13.9.1.3
Contractor: Principal-in-charge, project manager, and superintendent
13.9.1.4
Major Subcontractors (e.g., plumbing, HVAC, electrical): Principal-in-charge, project manager or
superintendent
13.9.1.5
CxA, if applicable
13.9.2
The purpose of the partnering arrangement is to build cooperative relationships between the
Project’s key stakeholders, avoid or minimize disputes, and nurture a more collaborative ethic
characterized by trust, cooperation and teamwork. This arrangement is intended to produce a
voluntary, non-binding, but formally structured agreement among the Project’s key stakeholders,
leading to an attitude that fosters risk sharing.
13.9.3
To create and implement the partnering arrangement, the Project’s key stakeholders shall meet
prior to the construction of the Project for developing a partnering agreement. The agreement
should be comprehensive and focus on all issues necessary for successful completion of the
Project, and shall identify common goals and objectives, develop a problem solution process, an
Alternative Dispute Resolution (“ADR”) strategy, and an implementation plan for the partnering
arrangement.
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 43
13.9.4
Formal contractual relations, responsibilities, and liabilities are not affected by any partnering
arrangement. The cost associated with establishing this partnership shall be included in an
allowance in the Contractor’s bid. The Contractor shall include in its base bid the resources
necessary to participate in the partnering session.
13.9.5
Partnering services may extend over the entire period of performance of the Contract and may
include intervention or project realignment services to be utilized if serious disputes arise. The
Project’s key stakeholders should agree, during the initial partnering session, to the types of
situations and circumstances in which intervention or realignment services shall be utilized.
13.9.5.1
If realignment or intervention services are utilized, partnering facilitators shall not be called as
witnesses in any litigation, mediation, or quasi-judicial proceeding.
ARTICLE 14.2 – TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE
Add the following subparagraph:
14.2.1.5
fails to complete the Work within the Contract Time specified in the “Phasing” paragraph of
Division 01 Section “Summary”.
ARTICLE 15.4 – ARBITRATION
Delete this Article in its entirety; this contract is not subject to Arbitration.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 00 77 00
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS – SECTION 00 77 00
Page 44
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 45
DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 01 10 00 – SUMMARY
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Work under this contract is to perform concrete repair at levels B through L and the stairwells of
the North Cannon Parking Garage at Ohio State University in order to maintain property standards.
Work shall be conducted in a manner that minimizes parking disruption and shall be completed by
September 15, 2013.
PART 2.
Scope of Work
2.1
The work includes, but is not limited to, the following:
A.
2.2
General (see Sections 01 00 00 and 01 35 13)
1.
Phasing: The intent is to maintain as much parking capacity as possible during the
repairs. Repairs to parking levels K, L will require closure of those levels and may
require closure of up to two levels below. Closure of up to one half of Level G to L (north
half or south half) at a time during the contract will be permitted to accommodate the
work. During the closure of up to one half of Levels G through L, space closures in other
areas of the facility shall be limited to 30 additional spaces for simultaneous
completion of repairs to Levels below K and L. After completion of repairs at Levels K
and L, limit total space closures to 50 spaces. This period is known as Phase 1 and will
occur through July 31, 2013.
2.
Phase 2 will occur between August 1 and September 15, 2013 and during which the
entire North Cannon garage will be completely closed and fully available for the
Contractor’s completion of the work.
3.
Mobilization: Mobilize all labor, temporary facilities, equipment and products necessary
to carry out the work of this contract.
4.
Interior Construction Barrier: Supply, install and maintain a construction barrier to
enclose the interior work area at all times. Provide secure framing and seal all joints.
Hoarding shall also be sufficiently dust tight to prevent migration of dust to areas of the
garage that remain operational, public ways or to the exterior. Construct as per details
L1-A2.
5.
Exterior Construction Barrier: Supply, install and maintain a construction barrier around
the exterior work area and/or staging areas at all times, including to protect against
unauthorized access. Provide portable chain link fencing.
6.
Site Preparation: Remove, store and protect all appliances/services mounted to the
slab underside that are at risk of damage and that are not otherwise identified for
replacement. Provide temporary fixtures/facilities to maintain lighting, alarms, etc. as
required to facilitate the performance of the work and so as to maintain operation of
the systems beyond the work areas for the duration of the project.
7.
Following the completion of the structural repairs, reinstall fixtures to their original
location and arrange for third party inspection to re-verify the function of all systems (i.e.
local electrical safety authorities, fire safety inspection, etc.).
Concrete Repairs (see Sections 03 01 33, 30 01 34 03 01 35, 03 01 36 and 03 37 19.
A.
Waterproofing System Removal: Remove and dispose of the existing waterproofing from the
suspended parking level(s) and ramps. Include scraping all upturns to fully remove
membrane and primer from concrete.
B. Mark-out Concrete Repairs:
1.
Identify and mark all delaminated concrete on the:
SUMMARY– SECTION 01 10 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 46
2.
Slab/ramp topsides, undersides, joist stems, beams, walls and columns
3.
Interior ramp slab topside, underside, joist stems, ledge beam, corbels and walls.
4.
Central Garage Stairwells
5.
Do not proceed with the removals until reviewed by the Consultant.
6.
Appendix A includes a soffit plan of levels L and K that show approximate areas of
deterioration, based on a visual survey completed in the summer of 2012. This plan is
for demonstration purposes only.
7.
The contractor is fully responsible to identify and mark-out all areas of deterioration on
all levels for the consultant’s review as stated above.
8.
Repair Concrete: Repair concrete in conformance with technical sections including
embedded details, and project drawings PD-2 to PD-4.
9.
Prior to starting the concrete removals, provide shoring drawings for repairs as required
by the technical sections herein, and as otherwise necessary to complete the work.
Drawings shall be prepared by a professional engineer licensed to practice in the state.
Include for field review by the Shoring Design Engineer and submit written acceptance
for the installation. Shoring supported by a suspended floor level shall be installed on
sleepers of appropriate size spanning perpendicular to the joist spans.
10.
Repair top side and soffit delaminations at the “dome” areas as through slab repairs.
Repair top surface delaminations over joist stems as top side repairs. Where topside
repairs and joist stem repairs coincide at a joist stem, replace the joist stem in its
entirety.
11.
Repair vertical surface and wall delaminations as per EST1-D3.
C. Concrete Replacement: After completion of concrete removals and reinforcing steel
repairs/preparation, replace concrete in accordance with Section 03 01 35. Where possible,
slope the top surface of the new concrete to existing and new drains locations. Do not
increase overall cover or depth of slab without Consultant approval.
2.3
Reinforcing Steel Repairs
A.
Steel Preparation: Clean and field apply epoxy coating to reinforcing steel remaining after
removals.
B. Install new Reinforcing Steel: As directed by the Consultant, supply and install new epoxy
coated reinforcing steel.
C. Splicing of Reinforcing Steel: Where required and as agreed to by the Consultant, splice weld
or mechanically couple (Bar-lock or Erico Lenton couplers, size accordingly to bar) new steel
onto the existing in accordance with Section 03 01 34 and as per ST1-F1.
D. Install Dowels: As directed by the Consultant, supply and install new black steel dowels as per
drawing PD-3. Use Hilti HIT-RE500 adhesive with minimum 8” embedment into parent
concrete. Exposed portion of dowels (not in parent concrete) shall be epoxy coated on site.
2.4
Waterproofing
A.
Install New Elastomeric Waterproofing System: Supply and install new elastomeric traffic deck
waterproofing system to all suspended slabs, including all surface preparation, placement of
new bonded system, detailing at cracks, columns, walls, joints, drains, pipe penetrations, and
as necessary. Apply waterproofing system for parking, drive aisle and severe turning
areas/ramps exposures as per Section 0714 13 and drawing SK-1
B. Install New Drains: Water test entire work area. Mark-out all areas of ponding. On
Consultant’s approval, supply and install new area drains, including waterproofing around
drain. Provide new drain piping, as required, including connection to existing drainage system.
SUMMARY– SECTION 01 10 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 47
C. Replace Traffic Markings: Upon completion of waterproofing, reinstate all traffic markings and
parking stall lines.
2.5
Stairwells
A.
North Stairwell Replacement: Remove the deteriorated existing concrete stairs and landings,
or deteriorated stair treads, stair soffits and landings and placed new concrete stairs or locally
repair concrete as under section 2.2 and detail ST7-A1 in the North Cannon Stairwell at the
direction of the Consultant.
B. South Stairwell Repairs: Identify deteriorated stair treads, stair soffits and landings and locally
repair concrete as stated under Section 2.2 and detail ST7-A1.
2.6
Miscellaneous
A.
2.7
Other Minor Repairs: Complete minor repairs to address unanticipated conditions as found to
be necessary and as directed by the Consultant in writing. Payment for this work shall be from
a Contingency Allowance on the basis of time and materials or quoted fixed price, as agreed
to prior to work proceeding.
Optional Work
A.
Refer to Section 01 23 00 Alternates
END OF SECTION 01 10 00
SUMMARY– SECTION 01 10 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SUMMARY– SECTION 01 10 00
Page 48
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 49
SECTION 01 21 00 – ALLOWANCES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and other
Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing allowances.
1.
Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer
selection of actual materials, equipment and labor to a later date when additional
information is available for evaluation. If necessary, additional requirements will be
issued by Allowances Proposal Request.
2.
Allowances may only be used when an Allowance Proposal has been submitted and
approved by the Owner and Architect.
B. Types of allowances include the following:
1.
Lump-sum allowances.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1.3
AIA 201-2007 Article 7 “CHANGES IN THE WORK" for procedures for submitting and
handling Change Orders for allowances.
2.
Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for procedures governing the use of
allowances for testing and inspecting.
3.
AIA 201-2007 Article 3 CONTRACTOR – “3.8 ALLOWANCES” for procedures for
submitting and handling allowances.
SELECTION AND PURCHASE
A.
1.4
1.
At Architect's request, obtain proposals for each request to use the allowance. Include
recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form
specified for Allowances Proposal.
B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for
use in fulfillment of each Allowance Proposal.
C. Coordinate and process submittals for allowance items in same manner as for other portions
of the Work.
1.5
COORDINATION
A.
1.6
Coordinate allowance items with other portions of the Work. Furnish templates as required to
coordinate installation.
LUMP-SUM ALLOWANCES
A.
Lump-sum allowance shall be used only as directed by Architect and/or the Owner and only by
owner approved Allowance Proposals that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.
B. Allowance shall include cost to Contractor of specific products and materials ordered by
Owner or selected by Architect under allowance and shall include all freight, and delivery to
Project site.
ALLOWANCES – SECTION 01 21 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 50
C. Unless otherwise noted, the Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and
equipment ordered by Owner under the lump-sum allowances are included in the allowance
and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs include all related delivery, installation,
insurance, bond, equipment rental, coordination with other trades and associated costs.
D. Allowance Proposals authorizing use of funds from the lump-sum allowance will include
Contractor's related costs and overhead and profit as listed in Article 7 of Section 00 77 00 –
“Supplemental Conditions”.
E.
Lump-sum allowances for unforeseen conditions or for items over and above the work
described in the contract documents.
F.
At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the lump-sum allowance to Owner by
Change Order.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects.
Return damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
PREPARATION
A.
Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and
installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with
related work.
END OF SECTION 01 21 00
ALLOWANCES – SECTION 01 21 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ALLOWANCES – SECTION 01 21 00
Page 51
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 52
SECTION 01 22 00 – UNIT PRICES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
B. Related Requirements:
1.
1.2
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.3
Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures" for procedures for submitting and
handling Change Orders.
Unit price is an amount incorporated in the Agreement, applicable during the duration of the
Work as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of
the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the
scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are
increased or decreased.
PROCEDURES
A.
Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance,
overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires
establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are
specified in those Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves
use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an
independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.
D. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in the Bid Form and on the Drawings.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 22 00
UNIT PRICES – SECTION 01 22 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
UNIT PRICES – SECTION 01 22 00
Page 53
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 54
SECTION 01 23 00 – ALTERNATES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.3
Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.
Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work
defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid
amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of
construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or
installation methods described in the Contract Documents.
1.
Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if enumerated in the
Agreement.
2.
The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the
Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made
to the Contract Sum.
PROCEDURES
A.
Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate
work of the alternate into Project.
1.
Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as
part of alternate.
B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in
writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or
deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated revisions to
alternates.
C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.
D. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the
work described under each alternate.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A.
Alternate No.1: Garage Painting
1.
Base Bid: Includes preparation of surfaces and painting of all areas of concrete repair
per Specification Section 09 91 23.
2.
Alternate: Includes preparation of surfaces and painting of all walls, soffits, columns,
and exposed piping on all levels (A thru K) per Specification Section 09 91 23.
B. Alternate No.2: Helipad Concrete Edge Repairs
1.
Base Bid: Includes no work on the Helipad deck.
2.
Alternate: Includes preparation and concrete restoration of approximately 135 linear
feet of the edge of the perimeter of the concrete Helipad deck. Includes preparation
and painting of all areas of concrete repair per Specification Section 09 91 23. Includes
resetting Helipad Safety Fencing Posts in areas of concrete repair.
ALTERNATES – SECTION 01 23 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 55
C. Alternate No.3: Helipad Waterproof Membrane Repairs
1.
Base Bid: Includes no work on the Helipad deck waterproofing membrane.
2.
Alternate: Includes surface preparation of surface and installation of approximately
350 square feet of Waterproof Traffic Membrane per specification Section 07 14 13
Elastomeric Vehicular Traffic coating. Includes preparation and painting of all soffit
areas at underside of Helipad deck per Specification Section 09 91 23.
D. Alternate No.4: ELECTRICAL
1.
Base Bid: Includes no electrical work other than that required to perform other repairs
necessary for completion of the project.
2.
Alternate: Electrical Work shall include conduits, conductors, and Panelboard
modifications required to provide power and data connections for parking equipment to
be relocated by Owner to the North Vehicle Entrance and exit lanes..
a. Power, data, and telephone lines shall be established at the existing entrance and
exit of the garage for the purpose of installing new control equipment. All conduit,
power, data lines, and telephone lines must be installed and properly connected to
the structure prior to the weekend of August 31st and September 1st. During this
weekend, CampusParc personnel will provide and connect the data and phone
terminations to the control equipment and the Contractor shall properly connect
the power to the control equipment. The Contractor is required to coordinate all
electrical and communications work with CampusParc.
b. Power: New circuits will be connected to Panel NB, located in the Janitors Closed
at the north end of the garage, between the entrance and exit lanes. The
Contractor shall provide the necessary wiring and use the remaining four circuit
breakers to make this connection. The Contractor shall make all electrical
connections to equipment provided by CampusParc.
c. Data: The data cable will be supplied by CampusParc and installed by the
Contractor to the garage. The junction box is located on the outside surface of the
Janitors Closet at the northeast corner and approximately seven feet above the
ground. CampusParc will make all data connections to the control equipment.
d. Telephone: Cat5e telephone cable shall be supplied and installed by the
Contractor to the garage. The junction box is located on the outside surface of the
Janitors Closet at the northeast corner and approximately seven feet above the
ground. CampusParc will make all telephone connections to the control
equipment.
e. Conduit: All power lines shall be provided using ¾” GRC conduit as a raceway. All
communication lines shall be provided using 1” GRC conduit as a raceway. All
conduit will be run along the ceiling of the structure from the Janitors Closet to the
control equipment.
f. Additional notes and details shall be provided to further illustrate the labor,
material, and methods required to perform this work.
E.
Alternate No.5: Helipad Safety Fence Painting
1.
Base Bid: Includes no painting of the Helipad perimeter safety fence.
2.
Alternate: Includes preparation of surfaces and painting of entire Helipad safety Fence
per Specification Section 09 91 23.
END OF SECTION 01 23 00
ALTERNATES – SECTION 01 23 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ALTERNATES – SECTION 01 23 00
Page 56
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 57
SECTION 01 25 00 – SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 2.
GENERAL
2.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
2.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.
B. Related Sections:
2.3
Refer to Section 00 21 13 “Instructions to Bidders” for substitution procedures prior to
receipt of Bids.
2.
Refer to Section 00 77 00 “Supplementary Conditions” for Contactor’s compensation to
the Architect for reviewing Substitution for Convenience after Contract award.
3.
Division 01 Section "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance.
4.
Division 01 Section "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate.
5.
Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting
comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.
6.
Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific requirements and limitations for
substitutions.
DEFINITIONS
A.
2.4
1.
Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from
those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1.
Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to
changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or
unavailability of required warranty terms.
2.
Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not
required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to
Contractor or Owner.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section
number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1.
Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A.
2.
Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the
following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be
provided, if applicable.
b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to
other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate
contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.
c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of
the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable specification section.
Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size,
durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 25 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 58
features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work
specified.
d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and
installation procedures.
e. Samples, where applicable or requested.
f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.
g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and
addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting
test results for compliance with requirements indicated.
i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project.
j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed
substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall
Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided
within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's
letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays
in delivery.
k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum.
l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in
the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible
with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated.
m.Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently
become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce
indicated results.
3.
Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or
documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution.
Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within
15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or
documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's
Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work.
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed
substitution within time allocated.
2.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
2.6
Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed
substitution with related products and materials. Engage qualified testing agency to perform
compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
PROCEDURES
A.
Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved
substitutions.
PART 3.
PRODUCTS
3.1
SUBSTITUTIONS
A.
Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately upon discovery of need
for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of
related submittals.
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 25 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
1.
Page 59
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect
will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these
requirements:
a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and
consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors
involved.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received
prior to Contract Award. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at
discretion of Architect.
1.
Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the
following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect
will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these
requirements:
a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy
conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities
Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include
compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of
other construction by Owner, and similar considerations.
b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents.
c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will
produce indicated results.
d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted.
e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule.
f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction.
g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work.
h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty.
j. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested
substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and
consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors
involved.
PART 4.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 25 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
END OF SECTION 01 25 00
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 25 00
Page 60
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 25 00
Page 61
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 62
SECTION 01 26 00 – CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing
Contract modifications.
B. Related Requirements:
1.
1.2
MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A.
1.3
Section 00 72 13 “General Conditions” and Section 00 77 00 “Supplementary
Conditions: for additional requirements for Changes in the Work.
Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not
involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710,
"Architect's Supplemental Instructions."
PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A.
Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed
changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1.
Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop
work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2.
Within 10 after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost
adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the
change.
3.
Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contract Time.
B. Contractor-Initiated Work Change Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require
modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a
change to Architect.
1.4
1.
Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on
the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect
of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2.
Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the
change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times,
and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the
Contract Time.
3.
Comply with requirements in Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Procedures" if the
proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system
specified.
ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS
A.
Allowance Adjustment: See Section 01 21 00 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for
preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of
allowances.
B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Section 01 22 00 "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for
preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured
scope of unit-price work.
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 26 00
Project:
Project No:
1.5
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A.
1.6
Page 63
On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change
Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.
CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A.
Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on
AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a
change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1.
Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work.
It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or
the Contract Time.
B. Documentation: When specified, maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of
work required by the Construction Change Directive.
1.
After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary
to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 26 00
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 26 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 26 00
Page 64
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 65
SECTION 01 29 00 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A.
Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
1.
Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms
and schedules, including Submittals Schedule and Application for Payment forms with
Continuation Sheets.
2.
Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than
seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.
3.
Subschedules: Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased
payments, provide subschedules showing values correlated with each phase of
payment.
B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line
items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.
1.
Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
c. Architect's project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2.
Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.
c. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
g. Dollar value.
i.
Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted
to total 100 percent.
3.
Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the
Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract
amounts, where appropriate.
4.
Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 29 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
5.
Page 66
Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where
Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated
and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If specified,
include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing.
6.
Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for
each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the
Work.
7.
Allowances: Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each allowance.
8.
Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for the Contractor’s Construction
Schedule specified in Division 1 Section “Construction Progress Documentation”. This
amount shall as stated in Section 00 77 00 “Supplementary Conditions”.
9.
Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for Project Record Documents
and the Operations and Maintenance Data specified in Division 1 Sections “Project
Record Documents” and “Operations and Maintenance Data”. This amount shall as
stated in Section 00 77 00 “Supplementary Conditions”.
10.
Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete.
Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.
a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual
work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of
Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.
11.
1.3
Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result
in a change in the Contract Sum.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A.
Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.
1.
Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the
Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction Work covered by each
Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement.
C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation
Sheets as form for Applications for Payment.
D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person
authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete
applications without action.
E.
1.
Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2.
Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before
last day of construction period covered by application.
Transmittal: Submit 5 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to
Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien
and similar attachments if required.
1.
Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording
appropriate information about application.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 29 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
F.
Page 67
Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's
lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the
Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment.
1.
Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after
deduction for retainage, on each item.
2.
When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3.
Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit
waivers.
4.
Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by final waivers from every entity
involved with performance of the Work covered by the application that is lawfully
entitled to a lien.
G. Certified Payroll: Furnish completed, signed and certified copies of Contractors Report of
Construction Wage Rates as issued by Ohio Department of Commerce – Bureau of Wage &
Hour Administration. Certified payroll shall be submitted with each Application for Payment for
all affected trades. Certification shall be accompanied by a notarized statement from
Contractor and each subcontractor that they have paid all benefits and dues required by any
applicable collective bargaining agreement.
H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
I.
J.
1.
List of subcontractors.
2.
Schedule of Values.
3.
Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
4.
Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final).
5.
List of Contractor's staff assignments.
6.
Copies of building permits.
7.
Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
8.
Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
9.
Performance and payment bonds.
10.
Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance.
Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial
Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of
the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1.
Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a
statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2.
This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
Retainage: Refer to Section 00 77 00 “Supplementary Conditions”.
K. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting
documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the
following:
1.
Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2.
Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof
that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 29 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 68
3.
Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4.
AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
5.
AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
6.
AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
7.
Evidence that claims have been settled.
8.
Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as
of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed
responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
9.
Before final payment is made, an affidavit must be filed by the contractor stating that
he has fully complied with the Prevailing Wage Law. No payment can be made unless
and until this affidavit is filed in the proper form and order.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 29 00
PAYMENT PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 29 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PAYMENT PROCEDURES– SECTION 01 29 00
Page 69
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 70
SECTION 01 31 00 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
General Project coordination procedures.
2.
Coordination Drawings.
3.
Project meetings.
4.
Request for Interpretation (RFIs)
B. Contractor shall provide for Owner review, a proposed schedule for the work, within seven
days of Notice to Proceed.
C. See Division 1 Section “Construction Progress Documentation” for preparing and submitting
Trade Contractor’s Construction Schedule.
D. See Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures” for coordinating closeout of the Contract.
1.2
COORDINATION
A.
Coordination: Contractor shall coordinate its construction operations with those of other
contractors and other entities to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the
Work. Contractor shall coordinate its operations with operations, included in different
Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1.
Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where
installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before
or after its own installation.
2.
Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure
maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3.
Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
4.
Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to
ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service and
repair of all components, including mechanical and electrical.
B. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list
of attendees at meetings.
1.
Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their
Work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative
procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid
conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include,
but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2.
Preparation of the Schedule of Values.
3.
Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4.
Delivery and processing of submittals.
5.
Progress meetings.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 00
Project:
Project No:
1.3
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Preinstallation conferences.
7.
Project closeout activities.
8.
Start up and adjustment of systems.
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
6.
Page 71
Coordination Drawings: HVAC Trade Contractor shall prepare Coordination Drawings where
limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of
different components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials
fabricated by separate entities.
1.
Indicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings.
2.
Indicate required installation sequences.
PROJECT MEETINGS
A.
General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise
indicated.
1.
Attendees: Inform participants and others involved and individuals whose presence is
required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled
meeting dates and times.
2.
Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3.
Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the
meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within 3 days
of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after
execution of the Agreement. Hold the conference at Project site or another convenient
location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
1.
Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, the Architect, and their consultants;
Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and
other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference
shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
2.
Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the
following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Phasing.
c. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
d. Designation of responsible personnel.
e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
f. Procedure for RFIs
g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.
h. Distribution of the Contract Documents.
i. Submittal procedures.
j. Preparation of Record Documents.
k. Use of the premises and existing building.
l. Work restrictions.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 72
m.Owner’s occupancy requirements.
n. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
o. Parking availability.
p. Office, work, and storage areas.
q. Equipment deliveries and priorities.
r. First aid.
s. Security.
t. Progress cleaning.
u. Working hours.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Trade Contractors shall conduct a preinstallation conference at
Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other
construction.
1.
Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in
or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials
and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise
Architect of scheduled meeting dates.
2.
Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the
particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
a. Contract Documents.
b. Options.
c. Related RFIs.
d. Related Change Orders.
e. Purchases.
f. Deliveries.
g. Submittals.
h. Review of mockups.
i. Possible conflicts.
j. Compatibility problems.
k. Time schedules.
l. Weather limitations.
m.Manufacturer's written recommendations.
n. Warranty requirements.
o. Compatibility of materials.
p. Acceptability of substrates.
q. Temporary facilities and controls.
r. Space and access limitations.
s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
t. Testing and inspecting requirements.
u. Coordination of other work.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 73
v. Required performance results.
w. Protection of adjacent work.
x. Protection of construction and personnel.
3.
Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements.
4.
Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the
Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at bi-weekly intervals. Coordinate dates of
meetings with preparation of payment requests.
1.
Attendees: Representatives of Owner, Architect, contractor, subcontractor, supplier,
and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination,
or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All
participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude
matters relating to the Work.
2.
Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review
other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as
appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.
Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,
in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction
behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to
do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and
subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
b. Review two-week look ahead schedule for next period.
c. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
i.
Interface requirements.
ii.
Sequence of operations.
iii.
Status of submittals.
iv.
Deliveries.
v.
Off-site fabrication.
vi.
Access.
vii.
Site utilization.
viii. Temporary facilities and controls.
ix.
Work hours.
x.
Hazards and risks.
xi.
Progress cleaning.
xii.
Quality and work standards.
xiii. Status of correction of deficient items.
xiv. Field observations.
xv.
RFIs
xvi. Documentation of information for payment requests.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
3.
Page 74
Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who
should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress
since the previous meeting and report.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor’s Construction Schedule after each
progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized.
Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
1.5
REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFIs)
A.
Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract
Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and
submit an RFI in the form specified.
1.
RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor
will be returned with no response.
2.
Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's
work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation and
the following:
1.
Project name.
2.
Date.
3.
Name of Contractor.
4.
Name of Architect.
5.
RFI number, numbered sequentially.
6.
Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
7.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
8.
Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
9.
Contractor's suggested solution(s). If Contractor's solution(s) impact the Contract Time
or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
10.
Contractor's signature.
11.
Attachments: Include drawings, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data,
Shop Drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing
interpretation.
a. Supplementary drawings prepared by Contractor shall include dimensions,
thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials,
assemblies, and attachments.
C. Hard-Copy RFIs: CSI Form 13.2A
1.
Identify each page of attachments with the RFI number and sequential page number.
D. Or at Contractor’s option, software-Generated RFIs: Software-generated form with
substantially the same content as indicated above.
1.
E.
Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format or Microsoft Word.
Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it.
Allow five working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m.
will be considered as received the following working day.
1.
The following RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 75
b. Requests for approval of substitutions.
c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract
Documents.
d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.
e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.
f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors.
2.
Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case
Architect's time for response will start again.
3.
Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the
Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to
Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures."
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or
the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within five (5) days of receipt of the RFI
response.
F.
On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI
response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within five (5) days if
Contractor disagrees with response.
G. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number.
Submit log bi-weekly Include the following: Software log with not less than the following:
1.
Project name.
2.
Name and address of Contractor.
3.
Name and address of Architect.
4.
RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted.
5.
RFI description.
6.
Date the RFI was submitted.
7.
Date Architect's response was received.
8.
Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and
Proposal Request, as appropriate.
9.
Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as
appropriate.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 31 00
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION – SECTION 01 31 00
Page 76
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 77
SECTION 01 32 00 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the
progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following:
1.
Preliminary Construction Schedule.
2.
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
3.
Submittals Schedule.
4.
Daily construction reports.
5.
Material location reports.
6.
Field condition reports.
7.
Special reports.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1.3
1.
Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting the Schedule of Values.
2.
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and
distributing meeting and conference minutes.
3.
Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and
inspections.
4.
Division 01 Section “Submittal Procedures” for submitting schedules and reports.
5.
Division 01 Section “Execution Requirements” for scheduling relocation of Owner’s
furniture and equipment.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For scheduling consultant.
B. Submittals Schedule: Submit two (2) copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in
a tabular format:
1.
Scheduled date for first submittal.
2.
Specification Section number and title.
3.
Submittal category (action or informational).
4.
Name of subcontractor.
5.
Description of the Work covered.
6.
Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.
C. Preliminary Construction Schedule: Submit two (2) opaque copies.
1.
Approval of cost-loaded preliminary construction schedule will not constitute approval of
Schedule of Values for cost-loaded activities.
D. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two (2) opaque copies of initial schedule, large
enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION – SECTION 01 32 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
E.
F.
Page 78
CPM Reports: Concurrent with CPM schedule, submit two (2) copies of each of the following
computer-generated reports. Format for each activity in reports shall contain activity number,
activity description, cost and resource loading, original duration, remaining duration, early
start date, early finish date, late start date, late finish date, and total float in calendar days.
1.
Activity Report: List of all activities sorted by activity number and then early start date,
or actual start date if known.
2.
Logic Report: List of preceding and succeeding activities for all activities, sorted in
ascending order by activity number and then early start date, or actual start date if
known.
3.
Total Float Report: List of all activities sorted in ascending order of total float.
Daily Construction Reports: Submit two (2) copies at weekly intervals.
G. Material Location Reports: Submit two (2) copies at weekly intervals.
H. Field Condition Reports: Submit two (2) copies at time of discovery of differing conditions.
I.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.5
Special Reports: Submit two (2) copies at time of unusual event.
Prescheduling Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and
procedures related to the Preliminary Construction Schedule and Contractor's Construction
Schedule, including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Review software limitations and content and format for reports.
2.
Discuss constraints, including phasing, work stages, area separations, interim
milestones and partial Owner occupancy.
3.
Review schedule for work of Owner's separate contracts.
4.
Review time required for review of submittals and resubmittals.
5.
Review requirements for tests and inspections by independent testing and inspecting
agencies.
6.
Review time required for completion and startup procedures.
7.
Review and finalize list of construction activities to be included in schedule.
8.
Review submittal requirements and procedures.
9.
Review procedures for updating schedule.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of
subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required
schedules and reports.
1.
Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties
involved.
2.
Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule
them in proper sequence.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE
A.
Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates
required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION – SECTION 01 32 00
Project:
Project No:
2.2
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 79
1.
Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2.
Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with preliminary bar-chart schedule. Include
submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those required to
maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long leadtime for manufacture or fabrication.
3.
Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's
Construction Schedule.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A.
Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning &
Scheduling."
B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of Final
Completion.
1.
Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows
an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.
C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area and phases as a separate numbered activity for
each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1.
Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than twenty (20) days, unless
specifically allowed by Architect.
2.
Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long
lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate
activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to,
submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.
3.
Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 01
Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in
Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.
4.
Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than five (5) days for startup and testing.
5.
Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents
and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected.
1.
Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase.
2.
Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by
Owner (i.e.: relocation of computer equipment).
3.
Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
4.
Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include
delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated
stipulate the earliest possible delivery date.
5.
Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:
a. Coordination with existing construction.
b. Limitations of continued occupancies.
c. Uninterruptible services.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION – SECTION 01 32 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 80
d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion.
e. Use of premises restrictions.
f. Provisions for future construction.
g. Seasonal variations.
h. Environmental control.
6.
Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the
Work, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Subcontract awards.
b. Submittals.
c. Purchases.
d. Mockups.
e. Fabrication.
f. Sample testing.
g. Deliveries.
h. Installation.
i. Tests and inspections.
j. Adjusting.
k. Curing.
l. Startup and placement into final use and operation.
7.
Area Separations: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the
Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced
or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following:
a. Structural completion.
b. Permanent space enclosure.
c. Completion of mechanical installation.
d. Completion of electrical installation.
e. Substantial Completion.
2.3
E.
Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in the schedule,
including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final
Completion for each phase.
F.
Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its
submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragments to demonstrate the effect of the
proposed change on the overall project schedule.
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE)
A.
General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format.
B. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's Construction Schedule using a computerized timescaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work.
1.
Develop preliminary network diagram or bar-chart schedule within ten (10) days of the
Notice of Award so the CPM schedule can be accepted for use no later than fifteen (15)
days after date established for the Notice of Award.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION – SECTION 01 32 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 81
a. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify
first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant
construction activities for Phase I. Include Skeleton diagram for the remainder of
the work through final completion. At the beginning of Phase II provide new
schedule similar to Phase I.
b. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not
excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates,
regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule.
2.
Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting
progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates.
3.
Use "one workday" as the unit of time. Include list of nonworking days and holidays
incorporated into the schedule.
C. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a list of straight "early starttotal float" sort. Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following:
1.
Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity.
2.
Description of activity.
3.
Principal events of activity.
4.
Immediate preceding and succeeding activities.
5.
Early and late start dates.
6.
Early and late finish dates.
7.
Activity duration in workdays.
8.
Total float or slack time.
9.
Monthly lost day projections specified in Section 00 07 00 “Supplementary Conditions”.
D. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports
showing the following:
2.4
1.
Identification of activities that have changed.
2.
Changes in early and late start dates.
3.
Changes in early and late finish dates.
4.
Changes in activity durations in workdays.
5.
Changes in the critical path.
6.
Changes in total float or slack time.
7.
Changes in the Contract Time.
REPORTS
A.
Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following
information concerning events at Project site:
1.
List of subcontractors at Project site.
2.
List of separate contractors at Project site.
3.
Approximate count of personnel at Project site.
4.
Equipment at Project site.
5.
Material deliveries.
6.
High and low temperatures and general weather conditions.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION – SECTION 01 32 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
7.
Accidents.
8.
Meetings and significant decisions.
9.
Unusual events (refer to special reports).
10.
Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses.
11.
Meter readings and similar recordings.
12.
Emergency procedures.
13.
Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction.
14.
Change Orders received and implemented.
15.
Status of Unforeseen Condition Allowance.
16.
Construction Change Directives received and implemented.
17.
Services connected and disconnected.
18.
Equipment or system tests and startups.
19.
Partial Completions and occupancies.
20.
Substantial Completions authorized.
Page 82
B. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions
and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a request for
interpretation on CSI Form 13.2A. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions,
together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
2.5
SPECIAL REPORTS
A.
Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at
Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report.
List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of
results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Architect in advance when these
events are known or predictable.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A.
Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At bi-monthly intervals, update schedule to
reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule bi-weekly before each
regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1.
Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have
been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each
such meeting within three (3) workdays of meeting.
2.
Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not
limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.
3.
As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors,
testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-toknow schedule responsibility.
1.
Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices.
2.
When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in
the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their
assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction
activities.
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION – SECTION 01 32 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
END OF SECTION 01 32 00
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION – SECTION 01 32 00
Page 83
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION – SECTION 01 32 00
Page 84
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 85
SECTION 01 33 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural
requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.
B. Related Sections:
1.3
1.
Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and
the schedule of values.
2.
Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules
and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.
3.
Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.
4.
Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record
Specifications, and record Product Data.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require
Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual
Specification Sections as action submittals.
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not
require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with
requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual
Specification Sections as informational submittals.
C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and
from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet
protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within
which internal and external users are able to access files.
D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems
used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent
fixed-layout document format.
1.4
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by
dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time
required for making corrections or modifications to submittals noted by the Architect and
additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.
1.
Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and
Contractor's construction schedule.
2.
Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's
construction schedule.
a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing
for submittals.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
3.
Page 86
Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format:
a. Scheduled date for first submittal.
b. Specification Section number and title.
c. Submittal category: Action, informational.
d. Name of subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.
1.5
SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will
be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
1.
At Contractor’s written request, Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data
drawing files of the Contract Drawings, for use in preparing Shop Drawings and Project
record drawings
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital
data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings.
b. Digital Drawing Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in
AutoCAD 2010.
c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of an Agreement
included in Project Manual.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of
construction activities.
1.
Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2.
Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless
partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal
schedule.
3.
Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same
Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.
4.
Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so
processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for
coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination
with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows.
Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the
Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance
of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1.
Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if
coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor
when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2.
Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner
as initial submittal.
3.
Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
4.
Page 87
Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants,
Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 21 days for initial review of each submittal.
D. Identification and Information: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic
submittal file as follows:
1.
Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file with links enabling
navigation to each item.
2.
Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by
a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., HCHS-061000.01).
Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g.,
HCHS-061000.01.A).
3.
Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval
markings and action taken by Architect.
4.
Include the following information on an inserted cover sheet:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
f. Name of subcontractor.
g. Name of supplier.
h. Name of manufacturer.
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
l. Related physical samples submitted directly.
m.Other necessary identification.
5.
Include the following information as keywords in the electronic file metadata:
a. Project name.
b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
c. Manufacturer name.
d. Product name.
E.
Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Architect.
F.
Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.
G. Transmittal: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and
handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return submittals,
without review, received from sources other than Contractor.
1.
Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 88
c. Destination (To:).
d. Source (From:).
e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
f. Category and type of submittal.
g. Submittal purpose and description.
h. Specification Section number and title.
i. Indication of full or partial submittal.
j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
k. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively.
l. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
m.Remarks.
n. Signature of transmitter.
2.
On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant
information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on
previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents,
including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as
related submittal.
H. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
I.
1.
Note date and content of previous submittal.
2.
Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of
revision.
3.
Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's
action stamp.
Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers,
fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for
performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
1.
Use for Construction: Use only final submittals that are marked with “No Exceptions
Taken” or “Make Corrections Noted Resubmittal Not Required” notation from Architect's
action stamp.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A.
General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by
individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification
Sections.
1.
Submit electronic submittals via e-mail as PDF electronic files; retain electronic delivery
receipt.
a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an
electronic Project record document file.
2.
Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements
specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures."
3.
Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature
of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 89
signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that
entity.
a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically-submitted
certificates and certifications where indicated.
b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications
where indicated.
4.
Test and Inspection Reports Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in
Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements."
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction
and type of product or equipment.
1.
If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published
data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.
2.
Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.
3.
Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.
e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.
4.
For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop
Drawings.
5.
Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
6.
Submit Product Data in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base
Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data, unless
submittal based upon Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted.
1.
Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the
following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 90
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
2.
Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop
Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 30
by 42 inches (750 by 1067 mm).
3.
Submit Shop Drawings in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these
characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between
submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1.
Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories
together in one submittal package.
2.
Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
c. Sample source.
d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.
3.
Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for qualitycontrol comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may
be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual
Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time
of use.
b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's
property, are the property of Contractor.
4.
Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or
sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color,
pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from
manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.
5.
Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared
from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified,
and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full
range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to,
the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or
containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing
color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent
testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two
Sample sets; remainder will be returned.
i.
Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to
be demonstrated.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
ii.
E.
Page 91
If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in
material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of
paired units that show approximate limits of variations.
Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written
summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location.
Include the following information in tabular form:
1.
Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product.
2.
Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable.
3.
Number and name of room or space.
4.
Location within room or space.
5.
Submit product schedule in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
F.
Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01
Section "Construction Progress Documentation."
G. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment
Procedures."
H. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment
Procedures."
I.
Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for
each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated
to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1.
Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying
products.
2.
Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.
3.
Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
4.
Submit subcontract list in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
J.
Coordination Drawings: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Project
Management and Coordination."
K. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and
experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and
addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.
L.
Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel
comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure
Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on American Welding Society (AWS) forms.
Include names of firms and personnel certified.
M. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is
authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
N. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence
of manufacturing experience where required.
O. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 92
P. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that
material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Q. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance
with requirements in the Contract Documents.
R. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating current product produced by
manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on
evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or
on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
S. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project.
Include the following information:
T.
1.
Name of evaluation organization.
2.
Date of evaluation.
3.
Time period when report is in effect.
4.
Product and manufacturers' names.
5.
Description of product.
6.
Test procedures and results.
7.
Limitations of use.
Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01
Section "Quality Requirements."
U. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before
installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract
Documents.
V.
Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed
before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate
preparation needed for adhesion.
W. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed
either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for
compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
2.2
X.
Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and
Maintenance Data."
Y.
Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited
to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations.
Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of
loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any,
used for calculations. Include page numbers.
DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES
A.
Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide
products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1.
If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,
submit a written request for additional information to Architect.
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 93
B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and
other required submittals, submit digitally-signed PDF electronic file and three paper copies of
certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and
system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.
1.
Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the
Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing
these services.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A.
Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with
other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect
B. Project Closeout and Maintenance/Material Submittals: Refer to requirements in Division 01
Section "Closeout Procedures."
C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project
name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of
reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been
reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
3.2
ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A.
General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp
and will return them without action.
B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or
modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action
stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action, as follows:
1.
No Exceptions Taken: Submittal meets the requirements of the contract documents.
2.
Make Corrections Noted Resubmittal Not Required: Submittal generally compiles with
the requirement of the contract documents. Contractor is to comply with the Architect’s
redline markups.
3.
Amend and Resubmit: Submittal requires major revisions. Contractor is to review the
Architect’s comments and resubmit corrected submittal or submittal does not comply
with the contract documents. Contractor to provide specified item and/or shop
drawings that correctly reflect the contract scope of work.
4.
Rejected – See Marks: Submittal does not comply with Contract Documents
C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will
return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to
appropriate party.
D. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of partial
submittals has received prior approval from Architect.
E.
Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be
returned without review.
F.
Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be
discarded.
END OF SECTION 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 94
Drawing Release Waiver
Date
(hereafter referred to as “ARCHITECT”)
(Address)
(Address)
(Address)
Attention:
RE:
Dear
:
(Your Company) understands and agrees that any disks released to us by the “ARCHITECT” are to be
considered “INFORMATION ONLY/NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION” and are only to be used in the preparation of
shop drawings. (Your Company) also understands and agrees that the accuracy for any documents produced
using said disks is the sole responsibility of (Your Company).
Further (Your Company) recognizes that the information contained on said disks is confidential, proprietary,
and copyrighted, and remains the property of the “ARCHITECT” listed above.
Having reviewed the information set forth on background above, (Your Company) agrees that it will not utilize
this information for other than the purpose stated or in any way which adversely affects the “ARCHITECT.”
(Your Company) will not knowingly disclose any information regarding the information contained on said disks
to any third party, especially another architect, or other professional such as, engineers, brokers, appraisers,
city officials or the like, without the express written consent, in advance, by the “ARCHITECT”.
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
NOTARY
Sincerely ,
_________________________________(name)
_________________________________(company)
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
DATE
DATE
“SEAL”
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 33 00
Page 95
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 96
SECTION 01 35 13 – SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Provide temporary protection, heat and ventilation to facilitate progress of work, to provide a safe
working environment and to protect work and materials from cold/heat and moisture during all
phases of the work. Do not use direct-fired heaters discharging into work areas unless approved
by the Architect.
1.2
Contractor shall review SCHEDULE 10 – SPECIAL EVENTS (included in Appendix) which highlights
Special Events which may require use of all or a portion of the parking facilities for limited periods
of time. Should the Contractor’s activities under the obligations of this Contract require use of
parking facilities listed on SCHEDULE 10 – SPECIAL EVENTS during the times events are active,
Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval a plan for minimizing Contractor’s impact on the
facility listed, no less than 45 days prior to the commencement of the event.
1.3
Additional consideration shall be given by Contractor to Owner for any of the Contractor’s activities
under the obligations of this Contract which are to be performed on football Saturdays (shown
below). Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval a plan for minimizing Contractor’s
impact on the North Cannon parking garage during a football Saturday, no less than the prior
Monday by 10:00 AM.
08/31/13
09/07/13
09/21/13
09/28/13
10/19/13
10/26/13
11/23/13
1.4
vs. Buffalo
vs. San Diego State
vs. Florida A&M
vs. Wisconsin
vs. Iowa
vs. Penn State
vs. Indiana
TBA
TBA
TBA
8:00 PM
TBA
8:00 PM
TBA
Additional Protection Requirements
A.
Protect existing mechanical, electrical, communications, and similar services from damage.
Have utility companies locate all services prior to working in the area, define protection they
require and obtain their acceptance of current status of service. Before commencing work in
a protected area, test protection to ensure adequacy.
B. Prior to commencement of work, verify the condition of all grates, catch basins, drains, pipes,
etc. that will be affected by the work. Disconnect, protect and seal all drains, as listed above,
to prevent entry of debris.
C. Prior to beginning any concrete removals, meet with the Owner’s electrician and/or
representative to identify and map-out all known main electrical conduits or other systems
embedded in the slab and to identify all services mounted to the soffits of all slabs within the
work areas. The Contractor shall confirm in writing that this has been completed.
D. Where necessary to complete the work, remove existing electrical fixtures and provide
temporary lighting as required. Re-install fixtures following the repair. Remove and /or protect
all services as required to complete the work.
E.
Garage concrete repairs are expected to generate dust that contains silica. The Contractor
shall take adequate precautions to contain dust, to collect and dispose of dust in a safe
manner, and to provide protection to persons exposed to the dust. This shall include
compliance with
1.
Occupational Safety & Health Administration guidelines
2.
Department of Labor guidelines, and
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 35 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
3.
F.
Page 97
All other applicable regulations and governing body guidelines.
Excessive noise-producing construction activities including, but not limited to, concrete
demolition and formwork construction, are limited to the hours between 7:00 AM and 7:00
PM. Construction may occur seven days a week.
G. When one (1) or more ramps are closed on a given level for construction activities, Contractor
shall provide traffic control and safety measures, including flagmen, to direct two-way traffic
on ramps during, at a minimum, peak periods (defined as 7:30 AM to 10:00 AM and 2:00 PM
to 5:30 PM).
1.5
PARKING SPACE CLOSURE PROCEDURE
A.
General: Contractor is required to identify, notify, close and reopen parking spaces in accord
with the foregoing procedure.
1.
Maintain as much parking capacity as possible during the repairs. Repairs to parking
levels K, L will require closure of those levels and may require closure of up to two
levels below. Closure of up to one half of Levels G to L (north half or south half) at a
time during the contract will be permitted to accommodate the work. During the
closure of up to one half of Levels G through L, space closures in other areas of the
facility shall be limited to 30 additional spaces for simultaneous completion of repairs
to Levels below K and L. After completion of repairs at Levels K and L, limit total space
closures to 50 spaces.
2.
Contractor shall install temporary signage identifying spaces. Signs shall be mounted to
55 gallon barrels at the corners of parking area with yellow warning tape surrounding
the spaces to be closed. Contractor shall be responsible for removing barrels and tape
to allow cars within the enclosed area to vacate the area.
3.
Contractor shall remove barrels and tape when the area is ready to be used.
B. Within 30 days of receipt of the Owners Notice to Proceed, provide the Owner with a schedule
for approval that identifies the parking spaces that will be closed in order to execute the Work.
1.6
1.
Schedule shall identify the early start date and late finish date for each area that will be
impacted.
2.
Contractor shall install temporary signage identifying parking spaces to be closed within
seventy-two (72) hours prior to the early start date.
3.
Contractor shall reopen the parking spaces within twenty four (24) hours prior to the
late finish date.
4.
Provide Owner 72 hours prior notice of any changes to the early start date and late
finish dates previously issued and agreed upon.
Interruption of Existing Services or Operations
A.
Whenever it is necessary to interrupt existing services currently in use by the Medical Center
or its tenants, including but not limited to sewer, gas, steam, electric, telephone,
communications cabling, cable TV, etc., the Contractor shall continue the associated Work on
a non-stop, 24-hour per day basis until that Work is completed and the service restored, or at
an alternate time required by the Contracting Authority.
B. Whenever it is necessary to interrupt operations of the Medical Center or its tenants,
including but not limited to docks, elevators, conveying equipment, processes, procedures,
etc., the Contractor shall continue the associated Work on a non-stop, 24-hour per day basis
until that Work is completed and the operation is restored, or at an alternate time required by
the Contracting Authority.
C. Whenever it is necessary to interrupt operations of the Medical Center’s automated
processing and transporting equipment; such as automated guided vehicles, pneumatic tube
system, pneumatic trash or linen system, etc., the Contractor shall continue the associated
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 35 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 98
Work on a non-stop, 24-hour per day basis until that Work is completed and the operation is
restored, or at an alternate time required by the Contracting Authority.
D. Before commencement of Work, the Contractor shall apply in writing to, and receive approval
in writing from, the Medical Center, through the Architect or designee of the Medical Center,
to establish a time when interruption of service or operations will cause a minimum of
interference with the activities of the Medical Center and its tenants.
1.7
Tree Protection During Construction
A.
Public trees shall be protected by the Contractor against injury or damages to branches,
trunks, or roots from construction activity or excavation.
B. Contractor shall not allow heavy equipment to compact the soil over the root zone (root zone
shall be defined as the drip line of the tree canopy) of existing trees. Restricted equipment
access routes will be established before Work is begun. Temporary paving materials such as
plywood, lumber, or rubber matting spread over the root zone will be required to prevent soil
compaction.
C. Installation of utilities under the drip line of existing trees shall be directionally bored or drilled
below the root zone. Top of the bore or tunnel shall be no higher than 3 feet deep. Open
trenches within the root zone are not allowed.
D. Where grade change is required within the root zone of public trees, a sufficient residual root
zone to provide for the good health of the trees should remain undisturbed and protected
either by a dry well or retaining wall if the grade is to be raised or lowered.
E.
Construction materials, excavation debris, chemicals, fuel, equipment or vehicles shall not be
stockpiled, stored, dumped, or parked within the drip line of public trees.
F.
Fires are not permitted within the drip line of any trees.
G. All existing trees designated for preservation by Architect shall be protected with a good
substantial fence, frame, or box not less than four feet high and as far from the tree trunk as
possible. Fence located at the drip line is preferable, however, actual location will be
determined by site limitations.
H. Fencing shall be installed before commencing site preparation work. Fence shall be
maintained during the full construction period.
1.8
I.
Interfering branches of trees may be removed when acceptable to the OSU Landscape
Architect and shall be pruned in accordance with standards of the City Forester.
J.
Any trees damaged or destroyed due to Contractor negligence will be treated or removed at
the Contractor’s expense. If damaged beyond repair, The Ohio State University will require
reimbursement for the value of the tree as determined by the current edition of the ‘Guide for
Plant Appraisal’ published by the International Society of Arboriculture.
Pedestrian Access Protection During Construction
A.
Contractor shall construct adequate protection for pedestrian walkways, including all
accessible routes and ramps, designated to remain open during construction. Protection shall
be constructed of steel scaffolding with lumber and plywood roof and sides exposed to
construction activities.
B. Contractor shall prepare a plan to facilitate pedestrian movements to exits and elevators
throughout construction. The plan shall illustrate the proposed pedestrian routes, methods of
protecting pedestrians utilizing those routes, and signage that will be provided to aid
pedestrian wayfinding to and through these routes. The plan shall be reviewed and approved
by the Owner prior to initiating the Work.
1.
Contractor shall maintain these safe pedestrian routes throughout construction and
shall adjust these routes as the Work dictates. Remove temporary signage that is no
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 35 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 99
longer applicable. Cover existing signage that provides incorrect or conflicting
information.
1.9
Remove all temporary barricades, signage, etc. when the Work is complete. Remove
temporary covers over existing signage once the existing pedestrian routes are
reestablished.
3.
Preserve and or relocate required walkways from ADA parking to vertical transportation
and exits. Provide pavement markings for ADA walkways as prescribed by the ADA.
4.
Minimum width of required walkways is 48”.
Odor Control During Construction
A.
1.10
2.
Contractor shall not allow materials nor any construction activity that produces noxious,
caustic, or otherwise objectionable odors to escape from the construction site and negatively
affect nearby building occupants. Special consideration shall be given to nearby buildings
with ventilation intakes and adequate protections taken.
Temporary Heat During Construction
A.
Provide temporary protection, heat and ventilation to facilitate progress of work, to provide a
safe working environment and to protect work and materials from cold/heat and moisture
during all phases of the work. Do not use direct-fired heaters discharging into work areas
unless approved by the Architect.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS –Not Used
PART 3.
EXECUTION-Not Used
END OF SECTION 01 35 13
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 35 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 35 13
Page 100
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 101
SECTION 01 40 00 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and
quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified
or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with
the Contract Document requirements.
1.
Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control
procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
2.
Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by the Architect,
Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
C. See Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
D. Field-testing is by the Owner. These specifications apply to all the testing required of the
contractors.
1.2
DEFINITIONS
A.
Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during
execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed
construction complies with requirements.
B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after
execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction comply with requirements.
Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by the General Contractor,
Architect.
C. Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials.
Mockups are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate
aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review
construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mockups establish the
standard by which the Work will be judged.
D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing
laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
1.3
DELEGATED DESIGN
A.
Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a
design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide
products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.
1.
1.4
If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required,
submit a written request for additional information to the Architect.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to
demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a
recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
B. Delegated-Design Submittal: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required
submittals, submit a statement, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for
each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a
design professional, indicating that the products and systems are in compliance with
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 40 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 102
performance and design criteria indicated. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors
used in performing these services.
C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following:
1.
Date of issue.
2.
Project title and number.
3.
Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4.
Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5.
Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6.
Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7.
Identification of product and Specification Section.
8.
Complete test or inspection data.
9.
Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10.
Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11.
Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with
the Contract Document requirements.
12.
Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13.
Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses,
certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee
payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for
compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated
for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of
manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of
manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project.
C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling
work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has
resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems
similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service
performance.
E.
Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to
practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing
engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those
performed for installations of the system, assembly, or products that are similar to those
indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
F.
Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities
shall be performed by entities that are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists
shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities
indicated.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 40 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
1.
Page 103
Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations
governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade-union jurisdictional settlements and
similar conventions.
G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct
testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types
of tests and inspections to be performed.
H. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each
form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using
materials indicated for the completed Work:
1.6
1.
Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by the
Architect.
2.
Notify the Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be
constructed.
3.
Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
4.
Obtain the Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or
construction.
5.
Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging the completed Work. Where possible mockups will be incorporated as part of
the permanent work.
6.
Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.
QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Owner Responsibilities: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these
services.
1.
Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing
agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are
engaged to perform.
2.
Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by
work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor,
and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.
3.
Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires
testing or inspecting will be performed.
4.
Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a
certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.
5.
Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract
Documents are Contractor's responsibility.
6.
Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,
when they so direct.
B. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests
and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.
1.
Testing agency will notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and
deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2.
Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service to the Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having
jurisdiction.
3.
Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial
Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 40 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 104
4.
Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether
tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
5.
Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work.
C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service
representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including
service connections. Report results in writing.
D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's
responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for
construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements
established by the Contract Documents.
E.
F.
Testing Agency Responsibilities: Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide
qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1.
Notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in
the Work during performance of its services.
2.
Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected
work complies with or deviates from requirements.
3.
Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-control service through Contractor.
4.
Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or
approve or accept any portion of the Work.
5.
Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and
similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify
agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the
following:
1.
Access to the Work.
2.
Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections.
3.
Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and
inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples.
4.
Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples.
5.
Delivery of samples to testing agencies.
6.
Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by
testing agency.
7.
Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project
site.
G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance
and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and
replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1.
Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A.
General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair
damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 40 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 105
1.
Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections
of these Specifications. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining
areas in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching.
2.
Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and
Patching."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 01 40 00
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 40 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 40 00
Page 106
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 107
SECTION 01 42 00 – REFERENCES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
DEFINITIONS
A.
General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's applications, and
requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the
Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E.
"Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.
F.
"Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I.
"Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor,
or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,
erection, application, and similar operations.
1.
J.
Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must
be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,
such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively
to trades people of the corresponding generic name.
"Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully
completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being
familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of
authorities having jurisdiction.
K. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project
site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on
which Project is to be built.
L.
“Work”: The term “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract
Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all labor, materials,
equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s
obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project.
M. “Drawings”: The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents
showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans,
elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams.
N. “Specifications”: The Specifications are that portion of the Construction Documents
consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and
workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services.
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 108
O. “Construction Documents”: Consisting of the Drawings and Specifications.
1.2
INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A.
Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such
standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents,
unless otherwise indicated.
C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the
standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality
levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements
that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1.
Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified
shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply
exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum
within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values
are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer
uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with
industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are
not bound with the Contract Documents.
1.
E.
1.3
Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity,
obtain copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.
Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and
acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the
recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list.
ADAAG
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
CRD
Handbook for Concrete and Cement
DOD
Department of Defense Specifications and Standards
FED-STD
Federal Standard (See FS)
FS
Federal Specification
FTMS
Federal Test Method Standard (See FS)
MILSPEC
Military Specification and Standards
UFAS
Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A.
Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in
Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade &
Professional Associations of the U.S."
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 109
B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list
AA
Aluminum Association, Inc. (The)
AAADM
American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers
AABC
Associated Air Balance Council
AAMA
American Architectural Manufacturers Association
AAN
American Association of Nurserymen (See ANLA)
AASHTO
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AATCC
American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (The)
ABMA
American Bearing Manufacturers Association
ACI
American Concrete Institute/ACI International
ACPA
American Concrete Pipe Association
AEIC
Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The)
AFPA
American Forest & Paper Association (See AF&PA)
AF&PA
American Forest & Paper Association
AGA
American Gas Association
AGC
Associated General Contractors of America (The)
AHA
American Hardboard Association
AHAM
Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers
AI
Asphalt Institute
AIA
American Institute of Architects (The)
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
AITC
American Institute of Timber Construction
ALCA
Associated Landscape Contractors of America
ALSC
American Lumber Standard Committee
AMCA
Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.
ANLA
American Nursery & Landscape Association
(Formerly: AAN - American Association of Nurserymen)
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 110
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
AOSA
Association of Official Seed Analysts
APA
APA - The Engineered Wood Association
APA
Architectural Precast Association
API
American Petroleum Institute
ARI
Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute
ASCA
Architectural Spray Coaters Association
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
ASME
ASME International
(The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International)
ASSE
American Society of Sanitary Engineering
ASTM
ASTM International
(American Society for Testing and Materials International)
AWCI
AWCI International
(Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International)
AWCMA
American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (See WCMA)
AWI
Architectural Woodwork Institute
AWPA
American Wood-Preservers' Association
AWS
American Welding Society
AWWA
American Water Works Association
BHMA
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
BIA
Brick Industry Association (The)
BIFMA
BIFMA International
(Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association
International)
CCC
Carpet Cushion Council
CCFSS
Center for Cold-Formed Steel Structures
CDA
Copper Development Association Inc.
CEA
Canadian Electricity Association
CFFA
Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc.
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
CGA
Compressed Gas Association
CGSB
Canadian General Standards Board
CIMA
Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association
CISCA
Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association
CISPI
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CLFMI
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
CPPA
Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association
CRI
Carpet & Rug Institute (The)
CRSI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CSA
CSA International
(Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services)
CSI
Construction Specifications Institute (The)
CSSB
Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau
CTI
Cooling Technology Institute
(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
DHI
Door and Hardware Institute
EIA
Electronic Industries Alliance
EIMA
EIFS Industry Members Association
EJMA
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
FCI
Fluid Controls Institute
FGMA
Flat Glass Marketing Association (See GANA)
FM
Factory Mutual System (See FMG)
FSC
Forest Stewardship Council
GA
Gypsum Association
GANA
Glass Association of North America
(Formerly: FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Association)
GRI
Geosynthetic Research Institute
GTA
Glass Tempering Division of Glass Association of
North America (See GANA)
HI
Hydronics Institute
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Page 111
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 112
HMMA
Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (See NAAMM)
HPVA
Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
HPW
H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.
IAS
International Approval Services (See CSA)
ICEA
Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
ICRI
International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.
IEC
International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)
IESNA
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
IGCC
Insulating Glass Certification Council
IGMA
Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (The)
ILI
Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.
ISSFA
International Solid Surface Fabricators Association
I3A
International Imaging Industry Association
(Formerly: PIMA - Photographic & Imaging Manufacturers Association)
ITS
Intertek Testing Services
IWS
Insect Screening Weavers Association (Now defunct)
KCMA
Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association
LMA
Laminating Materials Association
(Formerly: ALA - American Laminators Association)
LPI
Lightning Protection Institute
LSGA
Laminated Safety Glass Association (See GANA)
MBMA
Metal Building Manufacturers Association
MFMA
Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association
MFMA
Metal Framing Manufacturers Association
MHIA
Material Handling Industry of America
MIA
Marble Institute of America
ML/SFA
Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association (See SSMA)
MPI
Master Painters Institute
MSS
Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Fittings Industry Inc.
NAAMM
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NAAMM
North American Association of Mirror Manufacturers (See GANA)
NACE
NACE International
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)
NAIMA
North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (The)
NAMI
National Accreditation and Management Institute, Inc.
NBGQA
National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.
NCMA
National Concrete Masonry Association
NCPI
National Clay Pipe Institute
NCTA
National Cable & Telecommunications Association
NEBB
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
NECA
National Electrical Contractors Association
NeLMA
Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NETA
InterNational Electrical Testing Association
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
NFRC
National Fenestration Rating Council
NGA
National Glass Association
NHLA
National Hardwood Lumber Association
NLGA
National Lumber Grades Authority
NOFMA
National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association
NRCA
National Roofing Contractors Association
NRMCA
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
NSA
National Stone Association (See NSSGA)
NSF
NSF International
(National Sanitation Foundation International)
NSSGA
National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association
(Formerly: NSA - National Stone Association)
NTMA
National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc.
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Page 113
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
NWWDA
National Wood Window and Door Association (See WDMA)
PCI
Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute
PDCA
Painting and Decorating Contractors of America
PDI
Plumbing & Drainage Institute
PGI
PVC Geomembrane Institute
RCSC
Research Council on Structural Connections
RFCI
Resilient Floor Covering Institute
RIS
Redwood Inspection Service
SAE
SAE International
SDI
Steel Deck Institute
SDI
Steel Door Institute
SEFA
Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association
SGCC
Safety Glazing Certification Council
SIGMA
Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (See IGMA)
SJI
Steel Joist Institute
SMA
Screen Manufacturers Association
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
SPFA
Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance
(Formerly: SPI/SPFD - The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc.;
Spray Polyurethane Foam Division)
SPIB
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The)
SPI/SPFD
Society of the Plastics Industry (The)
Spray Polyurethane Foam Division (See SPFA)
SPRI
SPRI
(Single Ply Roofing Institute)
SSINA
Specialty Steel Industry of North America
SSMA
Steel Stud Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: ML/SFA - Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association)
SSPC
SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
STI
Steel Tank Institute
SWI
Steel Window Institute
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Page 114
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 115
SWRI
Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute
TCA
Tile Council of America, Inc.
TIA/EIA
Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance
TPI
Truss Plate Institute
TPI
Turfgrass Producers International
UL
Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
UNI
Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
USITT
United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.
WASTEC
Waste Equipment Technology Association
WCLIB
West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WCMA
Window Covering Manufacturers Association (See WCSC)
WCSC
Window Covering Safety Council
(Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association)
WDMA
Window & Door Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association)
WIC
Woodwork Institute of California
WMMPA
Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association
WWPA
Western Wood Products Association
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
BOCA
BOCA International, Inc.
CABO
Council of American Building Officials (See ICC)
IAPMO
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (The)
ICBO
International Conference of Building Officials
ICC
International Code Council, Inc.
(Formerly: CABO - Council of American Building Officials)
SBCCI
Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc.
D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list.
CE
Army Corps of Engineers
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
E.
CPSC
Consumer Product Safety Commission
DOC
Department of Commerce
EPA
Environmental Protection Agency
FAA
Federal Aviation Administration
FDA
Food and Drug Administration
GSA
General Services Administration
HUD
Department of Housing and Urban Development
LBL
Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (See LBNL)
LBNL
Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory
NCHRP
National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB)
NIST
National Institute of Standards and Technology
OSHA
Occupational Safety & Health Administration
PBS
Public Building Service (See GSA)
RUS
Rural Utilities Service (See USDA)
TRB
Transportation Research Board
USDA
Department of Agriculture
USPS
Postal Service
Page 116
State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list.
CAPUC
(See CPUC)
CBHF
State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs
Bureau of Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation
CPUC
California Public Utilities Commission
TFS
Texas Forest Service
Forest Products Laboratory
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 42 00
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
REFERENCES – SECTION 01 42 00
Page 117
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 118
SECTION 01 50 00 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection facilities.
B. Related Requirements:
1.
1.2
Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions.
USE CHARGES
A.
General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be
included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use
temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to Owner's
construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: There is no water available in the parking
garage or in adjacent The Ohio State University buildings. Contractor shall obtain water from
either The Ohio State University or City of Columbus from the nearest fire hydrant, pursuant to
all regulations of The Ohio State University, City of Columbus, and the Columbus Fire
Department.
1.
The Contractor must schedule training for all employees who will be accessing The Ohio
State University hydrants.
2.
Any hydrant at The Ohio State University which will be used shall have a backflow
preventer and a temporary meter provided by the Contractor.
3.
The Contractor accessing any hydrant at The Ohio State University shall provide the
proper valve wrenches when using a hydrant. Pipewrenches shall not be acceptable.
4.
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to pump down each hydrant used at The Ohio
State University at the end of each work day.
5.
Once training has been completed, each hydrant at The Ohio State University used will
be the responsibility of the Contractor for the duration of their usage, including the
repair or replacement of damaged hydrants.
C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is
available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections
and extensions of services as required for construction operations.
1.3
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for
construction personnel.
B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA
Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.
C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having
jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire prevention
program.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary
electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – SECTION 01 50 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 119
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each
temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural &
Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and
ICC/ANSI A117.1.
1.5
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to
assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service
during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously
assigned responsibilities.
B. No smoking is allowed in the parking garage or on any adjacent property owned by The Ohio
State University.
C. Contractor is encouraged to utilize locate temporary facilities within existing paved areas
adjacent to the Project Site. In the event that the Contractor chooses to locate temporary
facilities on existing lawn and/or landscape areas then the Contractor shall protect plant
materials and restore lawns in accordance with Section 32 90 00 – Planting, Section 32 91
00 Planting Preparation, 32 92 00 Turf and Grasses, and 32 92 19 Seeding of The Ohio State
University Building Design Standards, a copy of which may be accessed from their website at:
http://fod.osu.edu/bds/div_32.pdf
PART 2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick, galvanized-steel,
chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized-steel pipe posts;
minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull
posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top rails.
B. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick,
galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized-steel
pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner
and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete or
galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts.
2.2
TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A.
Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature
controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect and
construction personnel office activities. Keep office clean and orderly.
C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
2.3
EQUIPMENT
A.
Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by
locations and classes of fire exposures.
B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented,
self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic
control.
1.
Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating
units is prohibited.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – SECTION 01 50 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
2.
Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location
and application.
3.
Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for
temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille
in system and remove at end of construction and clean HVAC system as required in
Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures".
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Page 120
Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference
with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the
Work.
1.
Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 10 00 "Summary."
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities
are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
3.2
TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
1.
Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be
interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
1.
Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
C. Water Service: Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner.
At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of
construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type,
number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
1.
Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities are not permitted.
E.
Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not
have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
F.
Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction
from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on
completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to
produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.
G. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain
equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner.
1.
Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner.
H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination
for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.
1.
I.
Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements
without operating entire system.
Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by
all construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s) for each field office.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – SECTION 01 50 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
1.
Page 121
Provide additional telephone lines for the following:
a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine in each field office.
2.
At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.
a. Police and fire departments.
b. Ambulance service.
c. Contractor's home office.
d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number.
e. Architect's office.
f. Engineers' offices.
g. Owner's office.
h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.
3.
J.
Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when
away from field office.
Electronic Communication Service: Provide a desktop computer in the primary field office
adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access project electronic documents and
maintain electronic communications. Equip computer with not less than the following:
1.
Processor: Intel Pentium D or Intel CoreDuo, 3.0 GHz processing speed.
2.
Memory: 4 gigabyte.
3.
Disk Storage: 300 gigabyte hard-disk drive and combination DVD-RW/CD-RW drive.
4.
Display: 22-inch (300-mm) LCD monitor with 128 Mb dedicated video RAM.
5.
Network Connectivity: 10/100BaseT Ethernet.
6.
Productivity Software:
a. Microsoft Office Professional, XP or higher, including Word, Excel, and Outlook.
b. Adobe Reader 7.0 or higher.
c. WinZip 7.0 or higher.
3.3
7.
Printer: "All-in-one" unit equipped with printer server, combining color printing,
photocopying, scanning, and faxing, or separate units for each of these three functions.
8.
Internet Service: Broadband modem, router and ISP, equipped with hardware firewall,
providing minimum 384 Kbps upload and 1 Mbps download speeds at each computer.
9.
Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware,
phishing, and spam protection in a combined application.
SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A.
General: Comply with the following:
1.
Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible
according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.
2.
Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection.
Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial
Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable
to Owner.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – SECTION 01 50 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
3.
Page 122
Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment
as required to minimize dust.
B. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Maintain permanent roads and paved
areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas as
necessary for construction operations.
1.
Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement if damaged by construction operations
according to City of Columbus Item 252 "Permanent Pavement Replacement"
C. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.
Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.
2.
Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
D. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel.
E.
F.
Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
1.
Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or
adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2.
Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
1.
Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and
equipment" and not temporary facilities.
G. Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators is not permitted.
H. Existing Stair Usage: Use of Owner's existing stairs will be permitted, provided stairs are
cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion,
restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.
1.
3.4
Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect
stairs and to maintain means of egress. If stairs become damaged, restore damaged
areas so no evidence remains of correction work.
SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A.
Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities,
and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to
be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct
construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible
air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and
discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent
properties and walkways, according to requirements of 2003 EPA Construction General
Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.
D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide
barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of
stormwater from heavy rains.
E.
Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip
line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree
root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
F.
Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure
fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by
entrance gates.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – SECTION 01 50 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 123
1.
Extent of Fence: As required to enclose Project site or portion determined sufficient to
accommodate construction operations.
2.
Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized
personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner.
G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosures around partially completed areas
of construction. Provide lockable entances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft,
and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day.
H. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
I.
Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated
and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
J.
Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and
similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
1.
Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate
temporary enclosures.
K. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types
needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with
NFPA 241; manage fire prevention program.
3.5
1.
Prohibit smoking on project site.
2.
Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar
sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
3.
Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel
at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be
followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and
information.
4.
Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning
sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed.
Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.
OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A.
Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and
abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1.
Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated
results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and
protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has
ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than
Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may
have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work,
clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1.
Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.
Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – SECTION 01 50 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
2.
Page 124
At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in
Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – SECTION 01 50 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS – SECTION 01 50 00
Page 125
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 126
SECTION 01 60 00 – PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selecting products for
use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on
products; special warranties; product substitutions; and comparable products.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1.2
1.
See Division 1 Section “References” for submitting warranties for contract closeout.
2.
See Division 1 Section “Closeout Procedures” for submitting warranties for contract
closeout.
3.
See Division 1 Section “Substitution Procedures” for submitting Substitutions.
4.
See Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on
products and installations specified to be warranted.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or
taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material,"
"equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1.
Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published
product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.
2.
New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or
facility, except that products consisting of recycled-content materials are allowed,
unless explicitly stated otherwise.
3.
Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal
process, or where indicated as a product substitution, to have the indicated qualities
related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties,
appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and
accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other
designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, inservice performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes
of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers.
C. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer
for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
D. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents,
either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for
Owner.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic
names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for
each product.
1.
Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals
Schedule.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 60 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 127
2.
Completed List: Prior to submittal of the Contractor’s second Pay Application, submit 5
copies of completed product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data
and for variations from Contract requirements.
3.
Architect's Action: Architect will respond in writing to Contractor within 15 days of
receipt of completed product list. Architect's response will include a list of
unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action.
Architect's response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement
that products comply with the Contract Documents.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01
Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.5
Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more
products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage,
deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Delivery and Handling.
1.
Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent
overcrowding of construction spaces.
2.
Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that
are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and
other losses.
3.
Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original
sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for
handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4.
Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
C. Storage.
1.
Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
2.
Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
3.
Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a
weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent
condensation.
4.
Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,
ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage.
5.
Protect stored products from damage.
6.
Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and
equipment by Owner’s Performance Contractor. Coordinate location with Owner.
D. PRODUCT WARRANTIES
1.
Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with,
other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and
limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under
requirements of the Contract Documents.
2.
Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and
identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 60 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 128
a. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information
and properly executed.
b. Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written
document using appropriate form properly executed.
c. Refer to Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific content requirements and
particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
3.
Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."
PART 2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
PRODUCT OPTIONS
A.
General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents,
that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.
1.
Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items
needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.
2.
Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options
are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used
successfully in similar situations on other projects.
3.
Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict
with requirements of the Contract Documents.
4.
Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make
selection.
5.
Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is
Architect's.
6.
Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications
establish "salient characteristics" of products.
B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following:
1.
Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product" name a
single product and manufacturer, provide the product named.
2.
Manufacturer/Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product by
the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements.
3.
Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce
a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed,
which complies with requirements.
4.
Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of
the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements.
5.
Available Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Available
Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of
the products listed or another product that complies with requirements. Comply with
provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed
product.
6.
Available Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Available Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product
by one of the manufacturers listed or another manufacturer that complies with
requirements. Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain
approval for use of an unnamed product.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 60 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 129
7.
Basis-of-Design Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled
"Basis-of-Design Product" are included and also introduce or refer to a list of
manufacturers' names, provide either the specified product or a comparable product by
one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes,
profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named.
Comply with provisions in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an
unnamed product.
8.
Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established
Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirements and
matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed
product matches satisfactorily.
a. If no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and
complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of Section
“Substitution Procedures" for selection of a matching product.
9.
Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected
from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product
(and manufacturer) that complies with other specified requirements.
a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of
colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or
texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items.
b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns,
textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture from
manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.
2.2
COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A.
Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, submit the following, in addition to
other required submittals, to obtain approval of an unnamed product:
1.
Evidence that the proposed product does not require extensive revisions to the Contract
Documents that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the
indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.
2.
Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in
the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight,
size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.
3.
Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
4.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses
and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
5.
Samples, if requested.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
MANUFACTURER’S COMPONENTS
A.
Provide and install all work in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions and as
noted on the drawings and as identified herein, whichever requirement is the more restrictive.
1.
Furnish all manufacturer recommended accessories or components required for
installation of work, based on the type and location of construction that they are to be
incorporated.
END OF SECTION 01 60 00
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 60 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 60 00
Page 130
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 131
SECTION 01 70 00 – EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work
including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Construction layout.
2.
Relocation of Owners furniture and equipment.
3.
General installation of products.
4.
Starting and adjusting.
5.
Protection of installed construction.
6.
Correction of the Work.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1.
Division 01 Section “Project Management and Coordination” for procedures for
coordinating field engineering with other construction activities.
2.
Division 01 Section “Submittal Procedures” for submitting surveys.
3.
Division 01 Section “Cutting and Patching” for procedural requirements for cutting and
patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work.
4.
Division 01 Section “Closeout Procedures” for submitting final property survey with
Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines
and levels, and final cleaning.
5.
Division 01 Section “Summary” for procedures associated with Work after work
approved hours.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and
verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction
affecting the Work.
1.
Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.
B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate
and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting
the Work.
1.
Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site.
2.
Before construction, verify the location and invert elevations at points of connection of
sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water service piping, and underground electrical
services
C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or
Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 70 10
Project:
Project No:
3.2
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 132
1.
Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers.
2.
Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
3.
Examine walls, floor, and roof for suitable conditions where products and systems are to
be installed.
4.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
PREPARATION
A.
Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or
others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to
provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1.
Notify Architect not less than 10 days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2.
Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect/Owner’s written permission.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit
to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before
fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the
Work.
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need
for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect.
Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for
changing the Contract Documents.
3.3
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A.
Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are
discovered, notify Architect promptly.
B. General: The Contractor shall engage a land surveyor to provide layout and establish datum
benchmarks for use by all Trade Contractors.
3.4
1.
Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain
required dimensions.
2.
Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
3.
Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
4.
Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
tolerances.
5.
Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard
established by authorities having jurisdiction.
INSTALLATION
A.
General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and
elevation, as indicated.
1.
Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2.
Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 70 10
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
3.
Page 133
Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products
in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results.
Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations
or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E.
F.
Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each
component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.
1.
Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at
heights directed by Architect.
2.
Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated,
arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline
joints.
G. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.
3.5
OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A.
Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner.
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by
Owner.
1.
3.6
Construction Schedule: Coordinate with the Owner the Contractor's preferred
construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule
based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify and coordinate with the Owner if
changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress.
PROGRESS CLEANING
A.
General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate
progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1.
Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and
debris.
2.
Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3.
Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste.
Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for
proper execution of the Work.
1.
Remove liquid spills promptly.
2.
Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the
entire work area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written
instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials
specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 70 10
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 134
materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed
surfaces.
E.
Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F.
Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to
ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing
waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining
materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection
from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
I.
Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components
to ensure operability without damaging effects.
1.
3.7
Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed, or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A.
Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for
proper operation.
C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and
safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
3.8
PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A.
Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage
or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.9
CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A.
Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and
finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching."
1.
Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up
with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be
repaired without visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components
that cannot be repaired.
E.
Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTION 01 70 00
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 70 10
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS – SECTION 01 70 10
Page 135
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 136
SECTION 01 73 10 – CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.
B. Related sections include the following:
1.
1.2
See Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific requirements and limitations
applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of
other Work.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after
installation of other Work.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
1.4
Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least 10 days
before the time cutting and patching will be performed, requesting approval to proceed.
Include the following information:
1.
Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate
why they cannot be avoided.
2.
Changes to Existing Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to
structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building's
appearance and other significant visual elements.
3.
Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
4.
Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5.
Utilities: List utilities that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List
utilities that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate
how long service will be disrupted.
6.
Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to
structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations showing integration of
reinforcement with original structure.
7.
Architect's Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting
and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require removal and replacement
of unsatisfactory work.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change
their load-carrying capacity or load-deflection ratio.
B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a
manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that result in
increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
C. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch elements or related components in a manner
that could change their load-carrying capacity that results in reducing their capacity to
perform as intended, or that result in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or
safety.
D. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual
evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior
CUTTING AND PATCHING – SECTION 01 73 10
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 137
or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a
visually unsatisfactory manner.
E.
1.5
Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties
involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review area of
potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts
before proceeding.
WARRANTY
A.
Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to
void existing warranties.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.
B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use
materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1.
If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when
installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
3.2
Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are
to be performed.
1.
Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates,
including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.
2.
Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
B. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage.
Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be
exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage
to adjoining areas.
D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems
are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to
minimize interruption of services to occupied areas.
3.3
PERFORMANCE
A.
General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and
patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1.
Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance
of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their
original condition.
B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or
CUTTING AND PATCHING – SECTION 01 73 10
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 138
adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply
with original Installer's written recommendations.
1.
In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size
required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings when not in use.
2.
Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3.
Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a
diamond-core drill.
4.
Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections
where required by cutting and patching operations.
5.
Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be
removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent
entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
6.
Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar
operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as
invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in
other Sections of these Specifications.
1.
Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate integrity of installation.
2.
Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence
of patching and refinishing.
3.
Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area
into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an
even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove existing floor
and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform
color and appearance.
4.
Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an evenplane surface of uniform appearance.
5.
Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to
a weather tight condition.
D. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely
remove paint, mortar, oils, putty and similar materials.
END OF SECTION 01 73 10
CUTTING AND PATCHING – SECTION 01 73 10
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CUTTING AND PATCHING – SECTION 01 73 10
Page 139
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 140
SECTION 01 73 20 – SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2.
Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
3.
Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1.3
1.
Division 01 Section "Summary" for use of premises and phasing and Owner-occupancy
requirements.
2.
Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and
environmental-protection measures for selective demolition operations.
3.
Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site, unless
indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and
reinstall them where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not
otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.
1.4
MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A.
1.5
Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their
contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner
that may be encountered during selective demolition remain Owner's property. Carefully
remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly
to Owner.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following:
1.
Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending
dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted.
2.
Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted.
3.
Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
4.
Use of stairs.
5.
Locations of proposed dust- and noise-control temporary partitions and means of
egress.
6.
Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of
Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION – SECTION 01 73 20
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
7.
Page 141
Means of protection for items to remain and items in path of waste removal from
building.
B. Predemolition Photographs or Videotapes: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction
and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage
caused by selective demolition operations
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Demolition Firm Qualifications: An experienced firm that has specialized in demolition work
similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project.
B. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6 and NFPA 241.
C. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and
procedures related to selective demolition including, but not limited to, the following:
1.7
1.
Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.
2.
Review structural load limitations of existing structure.
3.
Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials,
demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid
delays.
4.
Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed
by selective demolition operations.
5.
Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area.
Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
1.
Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Summary."
B. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding
with selective demolition.
C. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are not known to be present in construction that
is to be selectively demolished.
1.
Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous
materials except under procedures specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
E.
1.8
Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operations.
WARRANTY
A.
Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials so as not to void
existing warranties.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped.
B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of
selective demolition required.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION – SECTION 01 73 20
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 142
C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be
removed and salvaged.
D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended
function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict.
Promptly submit a written report to Architect.
3.2
E.
Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction
photographs or preconstruction videotapes.
F.
Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition
activities.
UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A.
Existing Services/Systems: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them
against damage during selective demolition operations.
1.
Comply with requirements for existing services/systems interruptions specified in
Division 01 Section "Summary."
B. Service/System Requirements: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated
utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1.
Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. Coordinate any utility shut
offs with the owner prior to execution of shut off.
2.
If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, before
proceeding with selective demolition provide temporary services/systems that bypass
area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other
parts of building.
3.
Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal
remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing.
a. Where entire wall is to be removed, existing services/systems may be removed
with removal of the wall.
3.3
PREPARATION
A.
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal
operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other
adjacent occupied and used facilities.
1.
Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 01 Section
"Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent
injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1.
Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area
and to and from occupied portions of building.
2.
Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of
existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water
leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.
3.
Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that
are exposed during selective demolition operations.
4.
Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
5.
Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling
specified in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as
required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION – SECTION 01 73 20
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 143
and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of
construction being demolished.
1.
3.4
Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A.
General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new
construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations
of governing regulations and as follows:
1.
Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete
selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting
members on the next lower level.
2.
Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use
cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering
and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover
openings to remain.
3.
Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring
existing finished surfaces.
4.
Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At
concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of
hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch and
portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.
5.
Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches.
6.
Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and
promptly dispose of off-site.
7.
Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid
free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
8.
Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to
impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
9.
Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Execution."
B. Removed and Salvaged Items:
1.
Clean salvaged items.
2.
Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
C. Removed and Reinstalled Items:
1.
Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Paint
equipment to match new equipment.
2.
Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new
materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials
necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction to remain against damage and soiling during
selective demolition. When approved by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable,
protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their
original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
3.5
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION – SECTION 01 73 20
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
A.
Page 144
Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth at junctures with construction to
remain and at regular intervals, using power-driven saw, then remove concrete between saw
cuts.
B. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain,
using power-driven saw, then remove masonry between saw cuts.
C. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, then break up and
remove.
3.6
DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A.
General: Except for items or materials indicated to be recycled, reused, salvaged, reinstalled,
or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project
site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill.
1.
Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2.
Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent
surfaces and areas.
3.
Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that
will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
4.
Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Waste
Management."
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.
3.7
CLEANING
A.
Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective
demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective
demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION 01 73 20
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION – SECTION 01 73 20
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION – SECTION 01 73 20
Page 145
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 146
SECTION 01 77 00 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1.
Inspection procedures.
2.
Project Record Documents.
3.
Operation and maintenance manuals.
4.
Warranties.
5.
Instruction of Owner's personnel.
B. See Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment
for Substantial and Final Completion.
C. See Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements
for products of those Sections.
1.2
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A.
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial
Completion, complete the following.
1.
Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on
the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
2.
Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3.
Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
4.
Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access
to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar
releases.
5.
Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals,
Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property
surveys, and similar final record information.
6.
Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by
Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
7.
Complete startup testing of systems.
8.
Submit test/adjust/balance records.
9.
Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
10.
Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
11.
Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and
maintenance.
12.
Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
13.
Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual
defects.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 147
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of
request, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection
or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by
Architect that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1.3
1.
Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections
as incomplete is completed or corrected.
2.
Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final
Completion.
FINAL COMPLETION
A.
Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final
Completion, complete the following:
1.
Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment
Procedures."
2.
Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be
completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified
copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptance.
3.
Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance
requirements.
4.
Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty.
5.
Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment, and systems.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of
request, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will
notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be
issued.
1.
1.4
LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A.
1.5
Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections
as incomplete is completed or corrected.
Preparation: Submit four copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and
area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction
including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of
construction.
1.
Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and
proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor for each site.
2.
Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project
Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents
for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
B. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black-line white prints of Contract
Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1.
Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that
shown originally. Require individual or entity that obtained record data, whether
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 148
individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up
Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
before enclosing concealed installations.
2.
Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.
3.
Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate
numbers, and similar identification where applicable.
4.
Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set with
durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
C. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1.
Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2.
Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and
equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3.
Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings, where applicable.
D. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data/Shop Drawing Submittal bound
in 3-ring binder.
E.
1.6
Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other
Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with
actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready
for continued use and reference.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A.
Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and
maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
Include operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as
follows:
1.
Operation Data: Include emergency instructions and procedures, system and
equipment descriptions, operating procedures, and sequence of operations.
2.
Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's information, list of spare parts,
maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules for preventive and
routine maintenance, and copies of warranties and bonds.
B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind
and index data in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness
necessary to accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded
oversized sheets. Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents.
1.7
WARRANTIES
A.
Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of the Architect for designated portions
of the Work. Warrantees shall begin on the date that the work is Substantially Complete and
shall be stated as such on the Warrantee.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 149
B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the
Project Manual.
1.
Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders,
thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11inch paper.
2.
Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty.
Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the
product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and
telephone number of Installer.
3.
Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES,"
Project name, and name of Contractor.
C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS
A.
Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or
fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially
hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
FINAL CLEANING
A.
General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply
with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution
regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each
surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and
maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1.
Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for
certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and
other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other
foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured
surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from
Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,
free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural
weathering of exterior surfaces.
g. Contractor shall power wash all surfaces exposed to dust during the concrete
repairs.
h. Contractor shall power wash all stairwells.
i. Contractor shall thoroughly clean elevator cab, including windows and windows in
elevator shaft.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 150
j. Contractor shall clean all luminaires of dust resulting from concrete repairs.
k. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs,
plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.
l. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
m.Remove labels that are not permanent.
n. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces.
Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or
that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
i.
Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical
nameplates.
o. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment.
Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign
substances.
p. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris
or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous
materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of
lawfully.
3.2
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.
Instruction: Instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems,
and equipment not part of a system.
1.
Provide instructors experienced in operation and maintenance procedures.
2.
Provide instruction at mutually agreed-on times. For equipment that requires seasonal
operation, provide similar instruction at the start of each season.
3.
Schedule training with Owner, with at least seven days' advance notice.
4.
Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of
instruction, and course content.
END OF SECTION 01 77 00
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES – SECTION 01 77 00
Page 151
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 152
SECTION 01 78 20 – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and
maintenance manuals, including the following:
1.
Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.
2.
Maintenance manuals for the care and maintenance of products, materials, and
finishes and systems and equipment.
B. See Divisions 2 through 33 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual
requirements for the Work in those Sections.
1.2
SUBMITTALS
A.
Manual: Submit one copy of each manual in final form at least 15 days before final
inspection. Architect will return copy with comments within 15 days after final inspection.
1.
Correct or modify each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit 3 copies
of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUALS, GENERAL
A.
Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for
each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of
a system. Each manual shall contain a title page, table of contents, and manual contents.
B. Title Page: Enclose title page in transparent plastic sleeve. Include the following information:
1.
Subject matter included in manual.
2.
Name and address of Project.
3.
Name and address of Owner.
4.
Date of submittal.
5.
Name, address, and telephone number of Contractor.
6.
Name and address of Architect.
7.
Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed
to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project
Manual.
D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by
system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems,
equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
1.
Binders: Heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to
accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve
on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded
oversize sheets.
a. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents.
Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA – SECTION 01 78 20
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 153
2.
Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section. Mark each
tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of
equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification
Section number and title of Project Manual.
3.
Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic
software diskettes for computerized electronic equipment.
4.
Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and
use as foldouts.
b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled
envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in
manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents,
and drawing locations.
2.2
OPERATION MANUALS
A.
Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in
individual Specification Sections and equipment descriptions, operating standards, operating
procedures, operating logs, wiring and control diagrams, and license requirements.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
1.
Product name and model number.
2.
Manufacturer's name.
3.
Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4.
Equipment function.
5.
Operating characteristics.
6.
Limiting conditions.
7.
Performance curves.
8.
Engineering data and tests.
9.
Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and control procedures; stopping and
normal shutdown instructions; routine, normal, seasonal, and weekend operating
instructions; and required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls
as installed.
E.
2.3
Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for
identification.
PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A.
Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish.
Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials
and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each product included in manual identified by product name and
arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and
telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and crossreference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
1.
Product name and model number.
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA – SECTION 01 78 20
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
2.
Manufacturer's name.
3.
Color, pattern, and texture.
4.
Material and chemical composition.
5.
Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
Page 154
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and inspection
procedures, types of cleaning agents, methods of cleaning, schedule for cleaning and
maintenance, and repair instructions.
2.4
E.
Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and
related services.
F.
Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances
and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
A.
Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include
source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures,
maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance
service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in
manual identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For
each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and
maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in
Project Manual.
C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation
including maintenance instructions, drawings and diagrams for maintenance, nomenclature
of parts and components, and recommended spare parts for each component part or piece of
equipment:
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include test and inspection instructions, troubleshooting guide,
disassembly instructions, and adjusting instructions, and demonstration and training
videotape if available, that detail essential maintenance procedures:
E.
Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of
required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
F.
Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with
parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and
local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and
telephone number of service agent.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances
and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
MANUAL PREPARATION
A.
Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care
and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and
maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and
piece of equipment not part of a system.
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA – SECTION 01 78 20
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 155
C. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include
only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each
product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a
tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents.
Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
D. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the
relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence
and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in Record
Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
1.
E.
Do not use original Project Record Documents as part of operation and maintenance
manuals.
Comply with Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation
and maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 01 78 20
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA – SECTION 01 78 20
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA – SECTION 01 78 20
Page 156
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 157
SECTION 01 78 39 – PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record
Documents, including the following:
1.
Record Drawings.
2.
Record Specifications.
3.
Record Product Data.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1.3
1.
Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
2.
Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance
manual requirements.
3.
Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific requirements for Project Record
Documents of the Work in those Sections.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1.
Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up Record Prints.
B. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal.
1.
Where Record Product Data is required as part of operation and maintenance manuals,
submit marked-up Product Data as an insert in manual instead of submittal as Record
Product Data.
PART 2.
PRODUCTS
2.1
RECORD DRAWINGS
A.
Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings.
1.
Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation
varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,
whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the
marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be
difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique.
c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup
before enclosing concealed installations.
2.
Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS – SECTION 01 78 39
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 158
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m.Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3.
Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing
actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked,
show cross-reference on the Contract Drawings.
4.
Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish
between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5.
Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted
from original Drawings.
6.
Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1.
Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into
manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include
identification on cover sheets.
2.
Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect
e. Name of Contractor.
2.2
RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A.
2.3
Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1.
Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2.
Note related Change Orders, Record Product Data, and Record Drawings where
applicable.
RECORD PRODUCT DATA
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS – SECTION 01 78 39
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
A.
2.4
Page 159
Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation
varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1.
Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that
cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
2.
Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in
manufacturer's written instructions for installation.
3.
Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where
applicable.
MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A.
Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous
record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file
miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A.
Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project
Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents
as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in
the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project
Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and
in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to
Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 01 78 39
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS – SECTION 01 78 39
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS – SECTION 01 78 39
Page 160
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 161
DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE
SECTION 03 01 33 – CONCRETE REMOVAL
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Description
A.
1.2
Environmental Conditions
A.
1.3
This Section specifies the work required for removal of concrete from around embedded steel
known or believed to be corroding.
Not applicable.
Inspection and Testing
A.
Notify the Architect for field review of the following:
1.
Identification of all delaminated concrete
2.
Completion of removals within the designated areas
3.
Completion of surface preparation
PART 2.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
2.1
Pneumatic Hammers
A.
For removal of surface concrete to depth of embedded steel, maximum 30 pounds total
weight.
B. For removal of concrete at and beyond embedded steel, maximum 15 pounds total weight.
C. Rivet Busters shall not be permitted.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Extent
A.
The extent of unsound concrete on the top surface and underside of suspended slabs shall be
determined and clearly marked by the Contractor in red paint for review by the Architect.
Unsound concrete includes spalling and/or delaminated concrete which produces a hollow
sound when hit with a steel hammer or when a chain is dragged across its surface. In areas
where de-lamination has occurred, concrete shall be removed from around all reinforcement 4
inches beyond the extent of corrosion on the steel.
B. Obtain Architect's approval prior to removing concrete.
C. The Architect may require that sound concrete also be removed in the vicinity of the approved
repair areas. This may be required in order to minimize the number of small patches, or to
eliminate areas of unrepaired concrete projecting into patches or to investigate the condition
of the steel.
3.2
Soffits
A.
Remove all existing troughing and/or sheeting from the soffit below the work areas. Hold for
Owner or dispose of as directed by the Architect.
B. Prior to working on the top surface, mark soffit de-laminations. Remove all loose material.
Soffit de-laminations larger than 5ft² are to be repaired by through-slab removal unless
directed otherwise by the Architect. At the perimeter of the through-slab patches, slope repair
edges as shown on detail below. Transfer soffit de-lamination markings to the top surface of
the slab. These areas shall be marked to distinguish them from top surface removal areas.
CONCRETE REMOVAL – SECTION 03 01 33
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 162
C. Any damage to soffits outside areas so marked shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense
in the same manner as soffit delaminations unless damage can be attributed to lack of cover
on bottom reinforcing steel, or poorly consolidated or cracked concrete.
D. Soffit de-laminations smaller than 5ft² shall generally be repaired by removing concrete from
below as per detail below.
EST1-A1 – Soffit Concrete Repair
E.
3.3
Remove all efflorescence or mineral deposits from the soffit using wire brushes or light
sandblast. Where existing surfaces are painted, repaint with paint approved by Architect to
match adjacent surfaces.
Electrical Conduit
A.
Field verify locations of all electrical conduit. Identify and mark out all locations of electrical
services contained in or attached to the slab prior to commencing removals.
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to embedded conduit and active services.
Contractor shall be responsible for temporary disconnection of electrical service, removal of
damaged conduit and wiring removal of luminaires and other devices obstructing concrete
repair work.
C. Contractor shall be responsible for reinstallation of conduit, wiring, luminaires, and other
devices required to restore electrical service and lighting.
D. New electrical conduit for lighting required to restore lighting is included in the contract.
Coordinate work to maintain lighting levels during the repair.
3.4
Removal
A.
Removal methods shall minimize damage to sound concrete which remains. Take measures
to prevent damage to reinforcing steel, embedded wire mesh reinforcing (WWF), drains or
mechanical and electrical services.
CONCRETE REMOVAL – SECTION 03 01 33
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 163
B. Where concrete is to be removed by pneumatic hammers, saw cut limit of repair areas ⅜
inches deep. Mechanically roughen and sandblast saw cut edge. If reinforcing steel is
encountered during sawing, stop work immediately, contact Architect before proceeding in this
area.
C. Within the areas designated for repair, concrete shall be removed for 1-¼ inches around the
deepest layer of reinforcing steel as per detail below.
EST1-A4 – Delamination Typical Repair
D. Clean chipped material and dust from surface of slab daily.
E.
Do not commence preparation of the repair surfaces until all de-laminations and other
material specifically located by the Architect have been located and prepared. Be responsible
for ensuring that all designated concrete has been removed.
F.
At intersections with columns and walls, extend the removals 1 inch into the vertical element
as per detail below.
CONCRETE REMOVAL – SECTION 03 01 33
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 164
EST1-D1: Top Surface Concrete Repair at Wall or Column
3.5
Shoring
A.
Shoring shall be required and designed by a Professional Engineer to support the weight of the
slab and construction loads.
B. Where repairs are completed on a cantilevered floor areas (i.e. at garage perimeters and
adjacent the expansions joints), the cantilevered floor are under repair as well the back span
(opposing side of the column line) of the floor shall also be shored to support redistributed
moments across the column line.
C. Submit drawing showing shoring design prior to beginning concrete removal. Install shoring in
accordance with applicable codes and laws prior to removal of concrete.
D. Shoring for columns or other vertical elements shall be provided as required for the extent of
concrete removal necessary. Shoring drawings shall clearly show the allowable limits of
concrete removal.
E.
3.6
Maintain shoring until repair concrete has attained 75% of the specified 28-day strength.
Vertical Surfaces
A.
When repairing vertical surfaces at walls or columns, do not remove concrete for more than 3
ft. in any direction, at one time, for areas that cannot be shored. Leave a minimum of 3 ft. of
existing concrete between removal areas until repair material has attained 75% of specified
28-day strength.
CONCRETE REMOVAL – SECTION 03 01 33
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 165
B. Do not remove concrete deeper or in widths greater than the allowable limits indicated on the
shoring drawings.
C. Do not remove more than 20% of the cross-sectional area of columns and shear walls at one
time.
3.7
Final Preparation
A.
Sound entire surface of each section of concrete where removal has been carried out to locate
any fractures or loose concrete remaining. Remove all such material without creating new
fractures by pneumatic hammers, or blast entire surface of chipped concrete with high
pressure water.
B. Repeat process until an entirely sound surface has been produced.
C. Remove all contaminants or corrosion products from surface to expose clean, fresh concrete.
Maintain in this state until new patch material is applied.
D. Remove all loose dust or dirt from surface of concrete prior to placing patch. Use clean
compressed air (with oil trap in line).
3.8
Payment Concepts
A.
Unless otherwise defined, repairs at the corners of concrete elements shall be measured as
per detail below.
EST1-D3 – Concrete Removals – Unit Measurement for Corner Repair
END OF SECTION 03 01 33
CONCRETE REMOVAL – SECTION 03 01 33
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONCRETE REMOVAL – SECTION 03 01 33
Page 166
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 167
SECTION 03 01 34 – REINFORCING STEEL
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Description
A.
1.2
This Section specifies the work required for preparation of reinforcing steel prior to coating,
installation of new steel and splicing of existing steel.
Environmental Conditions
A.
Air and surface temperatures during application and curing of Amerlock 400 and
manufacturer approved touch-up coatings shall not be less than 40°F. Surface temperatures
must be at least 37°F above dew point.
B. Should temperatures be expected to drop below 40°F during application or curing of epoxy
coatings, use Amerlock 2 in lieu of Amerlock 400. Seek approval from the steel provider for
touch-up coating. At freezing temperatures, surface must be free of ice.
1.3
Inspection and Testing
A.
Inspection of welding of reinforcing steel by an independent agency will include:
1.
Checking of certification of firm employed for welding under American Welding Society;
2.
Checking of welder's appropriate Certification; and
3.
Visual checking of welded connections including checking of joint preparation and fit up.
B. Notify the Architect for final review of preparation of steel.
C. Notify the Architect for final review of all epoxy coating. The Architect shall review the coating
for voids and other defects discernible with magnification. The dry film thickness of the cured
membrane shall be randomly tested by non-destructive means.
PART 2.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
2.1
Reinforcing Steel
A.
New material shall be epoxy coated to conform to the ASTM A775/A775M97e2. All bars No. 4
and greater shall be deformed bars meeting the requirements of ASTM A615 with a Yield
Strength of 60,000PSI unless otherwise noted on the drawings. For bars that will be spliced
by welding, provide weldable steel conforming to ASTM A706 or certified weldable ASTM A615
bars.
B. All epoxy coated reinforcing steel must be supplied cut and bent by facilities that are currently
certified by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute for Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coating
Applicator Plants. Certified epoxy applicators include:
1.
Harris Rebar;
2.
Or approved equivalent
C. Fabricate reinforcement to the requirements of ASTM A775/A775M97e2
D. New reinforcement shall have factory applied fusion bonded epoxy coating unless noted
otherwise, or unless the reinforcing is to be welded. Coating shall conform to the requirements
of ASTM A775/A775M The epoxy coating shall be of a color which contrasts sharply with
reinforcing steel and rust colors. Brown and grey are not acceptable.
E.
2.2
Reinforcing steel used for dowels shall be black steel.
Mechanical Couplers
A.
Approved mechanical couplers for connecting new reinforcing steel to existing bars:
1.
BAR-LOCK S/CA series mechanical coupler by Dayton Superior; or
REINFORCING STEEL– SECTION 03 01 34
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
2.
Page 168
Lenton Lock S-Series by Erico International Corporation
B. For connecting new reinforcing steel bars between phases/concrete pours use:
1.
Lenton Form Saver or Lenton Standard Couplers (Tapered Thread) mechanical couplers
by Erico International Corporation
2.
DBR Coupler System or Taper – Lock Standard Coupler by Dayton Superior
C. Alternate products may be considered to meet special project requirements.
D. Thread reinforcing steel, as required, to fit threaded couplers. Threading shall be performed by
the steel manufacturer.
2.3
Accessories
A.
2.4
Provide bar supports conforming to the requirements of Manual of Concrete Practice (most
recent) by the American Concrete Institute. In exposed concrete locations, supports shall be
plastic or plastic protected steel, all of the same color as the concrete. Use coated tie wire.
Field Coating
A.
The approved product for field coating existing reinforcement is Amerlock 400 High-Solids
Epoxy by Amercoat/PPG. The epoxy coating shall be applied in two coats. The color shall
contrast sharply with steel, concrete, or rust colors.
B. The cure recoat/drying/cure/ time for Amerlock 400 will exceed 24 hours when temperatures
drop below 50ºF. Amerlock 2 (Amercoat/PPG) is an acceptable fast cure alternative to
Amerlock 400 for use in colder weather. Please note that if this product is applied during
temperatures that will exceed 50ºF, the useful pot life of Amerlock 2 will be less than 1.5
hours.
C. If required, touch-ups to factory applied coatings of new steel are to be made in conformance
with Sections 3.6.6 and 3.6.7.
2.5
Adhesive
A.
Adhesive for dowels shall be Hilti HIT-RE500.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
General
A.
Do not remove any existing reinforcing steel without prior review by the Architect.
B. Where corrosion has resulted in a significant reduction of the cross-sectional area of the
existing reinforcing, the Architect may require the replacement or repair of the reinforcing steel.
C. As instructed by the Architect, remove deteriorated reinforcing steel and replace with new
epoxy coated bars of equal or larger cross-sectional area. New reinforcing steel is to be at
least 20% greater in length than the length of deteriorated existing bars. Alternatively, the
existing steel can be replaced with 20% more steel as directed by the Architect. Splice new
bars to sound existing bars providing ACI Class B lap splices, including additional length
required for epoxy coating.
D. Contain sandblast materials and debris within the work area. Do not generate or allow dust to
migrate from work area.
3.2
Preparation of Existing Steel
A.
Remove all existing exposed tie-wire and bar supports.
B. Straighten all bent reinforcing bars to their original shape. Do not heat the steel. Bend bars or
modify formwork to provide specified cover.
C. Clean existing reinforcing of concrete, corrosion products and dirt by abrasive blast cleaning in
accordance with SSPC-SP7 (Brush-off Blast Cleaning).
REINFORCING STEEL– SECTION 03 01 34
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 169
D. Where existing steel extends into columns, walls, beams, portions of slab which are to remain
or other structures and new steel will need to be connected to the existing to maintain
development, take care to ensure steel is cut to maintain sufficient lap lengths. Leave
sufficient steel projecting to enable lap splicing new steel to the existing in. Alternatively, only
if directed by the Architect, cut steel to allow for weld splicing or mechanical coupling of the
new steel. See EST1-F1 for minimum length of existing steel to remain for welding.
3.3
Welding/Coupling of Reinforcement
A.
When designated by the Architect, weld new reinforcing steel to the existing steel as per Detail
EST1-F1 or couple new reinforcing steel to the existing steel as per manufacturer’s
recommendations.
B. Welding of Reinforcement
1.
Verify composition of existing steel. Document and provide appropriate welding
materials and procedures for welding to the existing steel prior to initiating welding.
2.
Conform to AWS D1.1. All welding shall be done by firms certified by American Welding
Society for type of Work specifiedDo not weld when temperature is below 32oF.
3.
Do not weld when surfaces are wet or damp.
4.
Preheat reinforcing bars at locations to be welded immediately before welding.
5.
Chip off slag and clean all welds prior to sandblasting.
C. Mechanical Couplers
3.4
1.
Mechanical couplers will be permitted provided a minimum of 1 inch concrete cover is
maintained over the outside diameter of mechanical coupler.
2.
Install couplers in accordance with Manufacturer recommendations.
3.
Do not install couplers in concrete slabs where concrete sealers are to be used instead
of a waterproofing membrane.
Dowels
A.
Drill and clean holes in parent concrete for dowels as per the adhesive manufacturers
recommendations.
B. Embed black steel in parent concrete to depth directed by Architect (minimum embedment
8inches), adhered with Hilti HIT-RE500.
C. Field epoxy coat exposed portion of dowel (portion not embedded in parent concrete) in
accordance with section below “Epoxy Coating Existing Reinforcing”.
3.5
Epoxy Coating Existing Reinforcing
A.
The cleaned reinforcement shall be coated before oxidation of the surface discernible to the
unaided eye occurs, or else the procedure shall be repeated.
B. Apply epoxy in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions to completely cover all
steel which does not have a factory applied coating. After curing, the coating shall be free of
holes, voids, cracks, damaged areas, contamination, and deficient areas that are discernible
without magnification. Dry Film Thicknesses of the coating to be between 8 mils and 14 mils.
A minimum of two coats will be required in order to achieve the specified DFT. The DFT of the
coating will be randomly tested with a DFT gauge.
C. Apply epoxy in advance of placing concrete so as to achieve the manufacturer's written
recommended curing time.
3.6
New Steel
A.
Handling of epoxy coated reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with ASTM A775.
REINFORCING STEEL– SECTION 03 01 34
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 170
B. Store new reinforcement on timber racks or skids that are spaced to prevent sags in bundles
of steel. Bars shall be protected from dirt and maintained in its fabricated form.
C. Coated bars or bundles shall not be dropped and dragged in any manner that may cause
damage to the coating.
D. Place and support new steel so as not to damage epoxy coating. Place new steel to provide
the same concrete cover as the existing steel to a minimum of 1 inch cover.
E.
Securely tie reinforcing steel together with coated tie wire to prevent displacement during
concrete placing and vibrating. Turn the ends of ties towards the interior of the concrete.
F.
Do not use Amerlock 400 to patch damaged areas of factory applied coatings. All cut ends of
coated bars shall be coated with the same patching material that the coating applicator or the
reinforcing steel fabricator used for the repair of the damaged coating prior to delivery to site.
G. If the factory applied coating is damaged, touch-up with the patching material supplied by the
coating applicator or the reinforcing steel fabricator.
H. All repairs to coated reinforcing steel shall be in strict accordance with the patching material
manufacturer’s written recommendations. Prepare steel surface to provide mechanical
adhesion of patch material.
I.
Coated bars shall not be stored unprotected for greater than 30 days. Total storage time of
coated reinforcing steel shall not exceed 120 days from the date of coating as shown on the
identification tags.
J.
A coated bar will be rejected and shall be removed from the site when the amount of repaired
damage exceeds any of the following:
1.
1% of the total surface area in each foot of bar, not including the cut ends, or
2.
5% of the total bar surface area.
REINFORCING STEEL– SECTION 03 01 34
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
EST1-F1: Welding of Splice Bars
END OF SECTION 03 01 34
REINFORCING STEEL– SECTION 03 01 34
Page 171
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
REINFORCING STEEL– SECTION 03 01 34
Page 172
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 173
SECTION 03 01 35 – CONCRETE REPLACEMENT
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Description
A.
1.2
Environmental Conditions
A.
1.3
This Section specifies materials and methods for the replacement of concrete at delamination
repair areas.
Take the necessary precautions whenever the air temperature falls below +41°F or exceeds
+80°F. Make preparations in advance of placing concrete. Shelter surfaces from direct sun
and wind by erecting appropriate sun shades and wind breaks. Do not place concrete whose
temperature falls below +50°F or exceeds +86°F. Do not place concrete in the rain.
Inspection and Testing
A.
Notify the Architect for review of placement of concrete, including application of slurry coat or
bonding agent.
B. Conform to American Concrete Institute (ACI) standards.
C. Concrete testing for ready-mixed concrete shall be by an independent agency and is to
include:
1.
A standard strength test for each 15 cu. yd. of concrete placed, but not less than one
test for concrete placed each day. Each strength test sample will consist of four
cylinders with proper identification and field data. Two specimens will be tested at 7
days and two at 28 days. Store cylinders in the field for a minimum of 20 hours prior to
transporting to the testing laboratory for curing in accordance with the ACI standards.
2.
If concrete is being placed when there is a probability of the air temperature falling
below 41°F during the curing period, each test sample shall include two additional
“field-cured” cylinder for each 15 cu. yd. of concrete placed, to be stored as near to the
placed concrete as possible. These extra cylinders shall receive the same protection
from the elements as the concrete that they represent. These cylinders shall be stored
in the field for the full 5-day cure period prior to being transported to the testing
laboratory for a 7-day compressive strength test. Specimens shall not be removed from
the molds until after the 5-day cure period; if the Contractor wishes to test “field-cured”
cylinders earlier, for removal of formwork, additional samples should be prepared at the
Contractor’s expense.
3.
One standard air entrainment test for each standard strength test in accordance with
the ACI standards.
4.
Temperature of the fresh concrete shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C
1064M-99.
5.
One standard slump (or slump flow) test with each standard strength test in accordance
with ACI standards. The Architect may require additional testing for each truck load
placed, as deemed necessary.
D. Concrete testing for site-mixed concrete shall be by an independent agency and is to include:
1.
A standard strength test for each 5 cu. yd. of concrete placed, but not less than one test
for concrete placed each day. Each strength test sample will consist of four cylinders
with proper identification and field data. Two specimens will be tested at 7 days and two
at 28 days. Store cylinders in the field for a minimum of 20 hours prior to transporting to
the testing laboratory for curing in accordance with ACI Standards.
2.
One standard air entrainment tests for the first three (3) site batches of each day. The
Architect may require additional testing for each batch placed, as deemed necessary.
CONCRETE REPLACEMENT – SECTION 03 01 35
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
E.
F.
Page 174
3.
One standard slump test for the first three (3) site batches of each day. The Architect
may require additional testing for each batch placed, as deemed necessary.
4.
Measure slump and air content before superplasticizers are added to the concrete and
repeat slump test after the addition of superplasticizers (if applicable).
5.
Additional testing will be specified if one or more of the first three batches fails to
conform to the specified mix design and associated costs are the responsibility of the
Contractor.
6.
If the contractor cannot demonstrate an ability to consistently produce site batches that
comply with the specified mix design, the Architect may, in their discretion, require either
full time concrete testing with the full cost being borne by the Contractor, or total
abandonment of the use of site mixed concrete.
Concrete will be rejected prior to placement if:
1.
Concrete fails to conform to the specified mix design.
2.
The concrete placement is not complete within 1-1/2 hours from batch time where set
retarding admixtures are not employed.
3.
Where set retarding admixtures are employed, concrete placement extends beyond the
maximum placement/working times stipulated by the supplier on the mix design
submission.
Concrete will be considered under strength if:
1.
The average of any day's compressive strength tests of each class of concrete is below
specified strength.
2.
Any single compressive strength test result is more than 500 psi below the specified
strength.
3.
In case of dispute, and at the discretion of the Architect, the Contractor may have three
4 inch diameter cores from the concrete drilled and tested at his own expense for each
result below the required strength, in accordance with ACI standards. Sampling, testing
and evaluation of the results shall be in accordance with ACI Standards.
G. Bond Tests
1.
The Architect may request tensile capacity tests perpendicular to the plane of the
interface between the patch material and the parent material. The average bond
strength shall exceed 220 psi. Any patch with a bond test result less than 145psi shall
be rejected.
2.
Further testing, subsequent to any failure shall be paid for by the Contractor.
H. The Architect may require additional testing as deemed necessary.
PART 2.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
2.1
Cement
A.
2.2
Water
A.
2.3
Normal Portland cement, conforming to ASTM C-150, Type I, IA, III or IIIA.
Mixing water: Clear and free from deleterious substances. Maximum water to cemetitious
materials ratio, (w/c) = 0.40.
Aggregates
A.
Conform to ASTM C33. Coarse aggregate maximum nominal size:
1.
⅜ in. for patches
2.
¾ in. for through slab
CONCRETE REPLACEMENT – SECTION 03 01 35
Project:
Project No:
2.4
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 175
Admixtures
A.
All air-entraining agents and chemical admixtures used in the same mix shall be from the
same manufacturer, but dispensed separately into the mix. Comply with the manufacturer's
instructions. Verify compatibility of air entraining admixture with air entraining type cement, if
proposed for use.
B. Air-entraining agents shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Standard C260-06.
C. Water reducing agents shall conform to ASTM Standard C494/C494M-05a.
D. Superplasticizers must be used and shall conform to ASTM Standard C494/C494M-05a,Types
A and F.
2.5
E.
Fiber Reinforcement shall conform to ASTM Standard C1116-03.
F.
Set retarding admixtures shall conform to ASTM Standard C494/C494M-05a, Types B and D.
Proportioning Concrete
A.
Provide proposed concrete design mix capable of resisting damage from freeze-thaw
deterioration to the Architect for approval.
B. Provide concrete for repairs to delaminated and chipped out areas with the following
properties:
Minimum Compressive Strength
Range In Total Air Content
5000psi at 28 days
6% - 9% for ⅜in. aggregate
5% - 8% for ¾in. aggregate
C. Design the concrete mix(es) and, provide, place and finish concrete with an air entailment
having a spacing factor or not more than 0,008 inches.
D. Polypropylene fiber reinforcement added at a rate to control shrinkage cracking.
E.
Prepare concrete design mixes proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixtures, field test
data, or both, according to ACI 301 and ACI 318. Submit proposed mix designs to Architect for
approval.
F.
Re-tempering, or the addition of water to restore loss of workability due to the evaporation of
mix water while in transit will be permitted only adding water included in the approved mix
design but withheld from the original batching and only under the direction of the concrete
supplier. Such action is permitted provided re-tempering is completed within 1 hour from the
time of batching.
G. Re-tempering shall only be permitted to restore lost workability to the designed slump. Any
increases to workability above the design slump shall be achieved by re-dosing of
superplasticizer or water reducers and only under the direction of the concrete supplier.
H. If re-tempering is completed, measure and document volume of water added to the concrete,
the location where concrete is placed, and sample additional compressive strength cylinders if
requested by the Architect.
2.6
Production of Concrete
A.
Concrete shall be supplied by a member of the Ohio Ready-Mixed Concrete Association.
B. Site-mixed concrete may be considered for use as an alternative to ready-mixed concrete for
some specific applications. By submitting a request to use site-mixed concrete (including prebagged concrete repair products), the contractor agrees to assume 50% of the cost of
concrete testing to compensate the Owner for additional testing expenses.
2.7
Cement Slurry (for use in conventionally reinforced concrete structures)
CONCRETE REPLACEMENT – SECTION 03 01 35
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
A.
Page 176
Conform to the requirements of ACI.
B. 1:1 Cement/Sand mortar, mixed to a cream-like consistency, with maximum water to cement
ratio of 0.40.
2.8
Formwork Lumber
A.
2.9
Formwork materials shall conform to ASTM C192-192M and requirements of ACI. Plywood and
wood formwork to be new or otherwise clean and free of any laitance materials.
Pre-Bagged Concrete Repair Products
A.
Pre-bagged concrete repair products may be used for small repair areas where approved by
the Architect. Acceptable materials are Master Patch 240 or an approved equivalent.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Formwork Construction
A.
Construct formwork so as to achieve the quality of finish specified.
B. Design formwork and falsework for construction loads and fluid pressures without
overstressing the material and without excessive deflection.
C. Make forms tight and flush faced to prevent the leakage of mortar and the creation of
unspecified fins or panel outlines.
D. Construct all formwork so that it can be readily removed without damage or shock to the
concrete or spalling of edges. Apply a form coating and release agent uniformly to the contact
surface of formwork panels before reuse.
E.
3.2
Be responsible for the safety of the structure before and after forms are removed. In no case
shall forms and supporting shores be removed until members can support their own weight
and superimposed construction loads without excessive stress, deflection or distortion. Obtain
authorization from the Architect before removing formwork. Provide all necessary information.
Placement of Concrete
A.
Comply with the requirements of ACI 318 (most current version) and with the epoxy material
specifications.
B. For conventionally reinforced structures.
1.
maintain substrate continuously moist a minimum of 24 hours before placement of new
material. Remove all standing water and allow surface to reach a saturated surface dry
condition, and,
2.
work cement slurry into dampened concrete surfaces with a stiff brush.
C. Place concrete in each patch in a single continuous operation. Finish to lines and levels of
adjacent concrete. Ensure reinforcing is maintained in its position as placed. Vibrate the
concrete using plastic-coated vibrators to avoid damage to epoxy coating. Slope the top
surface of slabs toward drains. Take care to maintain a minimum concrete cover to the
reinforcing steel of 1 inch. Perform field surveying and verification prior to concrete placement
to identify locations where planned slab surface elevation would not provide 1 inch cover and
notify Architect of such locations for direction.
3.3
Protection Requirements and Methods for Cold Weather Concreting
A.
The following cold weather concreting protection measures shall apply when the air
temperature is at or below 41°F, or when there is a probability of its falling below 41°F within
24 hour of placement:
1.
Provide temporary plant and equipment for heating concrete materials and forms.
Protect, insulate and maintain the proper temperature and humidity of the concrete
during curing in compliance with ACI requirements.
CONCRETE REPLACEMENT – SECTION 03 01 35
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
2.
Equipment shall be available, installed and tested ready for use at least one week
before it is proposed to produce heat for concrete.
3.
Frozen lumps of aggregate shall not be added to the concrete. The method of heating
aggregate stockpiles shall be such as to produce uniform conditions without local hot
spots. The method of heating shall not affect the moisture content.
4.
The concrete temperature at the time of placing shall be between 41°F and 95°F
according to the following schedule.
Element Thickness
less than12in.
12-40in.
40-80in.
5.
3.4
Page 177
Concrete Temperature
50-95°F
50-85°F
41-75°F
Cold weather concreting shall be inclusive to the price tendered and no further or
separate payment will be made.
Finish and Curing
A.
Slab: Finish surface to the lines and levels of adjacent concrete, with a tolerance of ⅛ in. in
10ft. Provide level markings on columns or walls and grade markers at areas away from
columns or walls, as necessary, to ensure proper slopes. Measure slab thickness, to verify
compliance with the required thickness, prior to final finishing. Top surfaces shall be sloped
away from walls and columns.
B. Provide a light steel trowel finish suitable for the application of the elastomeric traffic deck
systems protective overlay
C. Do not use a power float adjacent to the edges of the patches. Prevent cement paste from
bridging joint of repair patch to existing concrete.
D. Vertical surfaces: finish formed flush with adjacent surfaces.
E.
Wet curing must begin as soon as finishing is completed on any area. Cover fresh concrete
with wet burlap and keep continuously moist. Wet curing shall continue for at least 5 full days.
F.
The use of curing sealing compounds will not be permitted.
G. Do not pile, store or transport materials over repaired areas until concrete has been in place
for at least 7 days.
H. Where adjacent surfaces are painted, paint concrete repair locations with exterior grade latex
paint for concrete in accordance with Section 09 91 23.01.
END OF SECTION 03 01 35
CONCRETE REPLACEMENT – SECTION 03 01 35
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
CONCRETE REPLACEMENT – SECTION 03 01 35
Page 178
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 179
SECTION 03 01 36 – POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Description
A.
1.2
This section specifies materials and methods for the treatment of deteriorated soffits and
vertical surfaces, pitted concrete surfaces, bugholes and wide cracks.
Environmental Conditions
A.
Minimum ambient and surface temperature at installation 44°F.
B. Store materials in a dry location at temperatures between 64°F and 80°F.
1.3
Inspection and Testing
A.
Notify the Architect for review of placement of mortar, including application of slurry coat.
B. Mortar Testing
1.
Testing will be performed by an independent testing agency designated by the Architect.
Testing procedures in accordance with ASTM standards.
2.
Provide six standard cubes per day for testing compressive strength of polymer modified
mortar. Samples will be taken randomly from batches of mortar being placed. Two
specimens will be tested at 7 days. Four specimens will be tested at 28 days to
determine compliance with the requirements of these specifications.
C. Testing for Mortars with Aggregate Extension
1.
Testing will be performed by an independent testing agency designated by the Architect.
2.
Polymer Modified Mortar (p.m.m.) testing will include:
a. One standard strength test per day. Each strength test sample will consist of three
cylinders with proper identification and field data. One specimen will be tested at 7
days and two at 28 days. Store cylinders in a protected area free from vibrations
and tampering; maintaining a temperature of 68 ± 4°F for a minimum of 20 hours
prior to transporting to the testing laboratory for curing in accordance with ASTM
C192-C192M.
b. If p.m.m. is being placed when there is a probability of the air temperature falling
below 41°F during the curing period, each test sample shall include two additional
“field-cured” cylinders to be stored as near to the placed concrete as possible, and
shall receive the same protection from the elements as the concrete that it
represents. This cylinder shall be stored in the field for the full 5-day cure period
prior to being transported to the testing laboratory for a 7-day compressive strength
test. Specimens shall not be removed from the molds until after the 5-day cure
period, if the Contractor wishes to test “field-cured” cylinders earlier for removal of
formwork, additional samples should be prepared at the Contractor’s expense.
D. Mortar Test Compressive Strength Results
1.
Mortar will be considered under strength if:
a. The average of any day's tests is below the specified strength.
b. Any single test result is more than 500psi below the specified strength for cylinder
samples or less than 80 percent of the specified strength for cube samples.
c. In case of dispute, and at the discretion of the Architect, the Contractor may have
two 4in. dia. x 4in, long cores from the concrete drilled and tested, at his own
expense for each result below the required strength, in accordance with ASTM
C192-C192M. The results shall be applied in the manner outlined above
POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR– SECTION 03 01 36
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
PART 2.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
2.1
Polymer Modified Mortar
A.
Page 180
Provide manufacturer's minimum specified strength.
B. For repairs to soffit and vertical surfaces:
Manufacturer
Product
BASF Building Systems
BASF Building Systems
CPD Construction
Products
Euclid Canada Inc.
Sika
WR Meadows
HB2 Repair Mortars
Gel Patch
28-Day
Compression
Strength
5800psi
6750psi
Fastcrete Ultra
8400psi
Verticoat Supreme
SikaTop No.123 Plus
Meadow-Crete GPS
5800psi
7000psi
6650psi
Note: Stem repairs longer than 2 ft must be repaired using pressure grout. Patching with polymer modified
mortar will not be permitted.
POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR– SECTION 03 01 36
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 181
C. For leveling rough or pitted concrete surfaces:
Manufacturer
Product
BASF Building Systems
Euclid Canada Inc.
Sika
WR Meadows
CPD Construction
Products
EMACO R 300CI
Thin-Top Supreme
SikaTop No.121 Plus
Meadow-Patch T2
28-Day
Compression
Strength
7000psi
7000psi
7250psi
4900psi
CPD Topcrete
5800psi
D. For mortar toppings less than 25mm thick:
Manufacturer
Product
BASF Building Systems
BASF Building Systems
Euclid
Sika
WR Meadows
CPD Construction
EMACO R 310CI
10-60/10-61 Rapid Mortar
Concrete-Top Supreme
SikaTop No.122 Plus
Meadow-Crete H (horizontal)
CPD Rapidcrete
E.
28-Day
Compression
Strength
7500psi
8000psi
7500psi
6000psi
6000psi
9000psi
For mortar toppings greater than 25mm thick:
Manufacturer
Product
BASF Building Systems
EMACO R 310CI (with aggregate extension)
10-60/10-61 Rapid Mortar (with aggregate
extension)
VersaSpeed (with aggregate extension)
Concrete-Top Supreme (with aggregate extension)
SikaTop 111 Plus (with aggregate extension)
Meadow-Crete H (with aggregate extension)
9500psi
7500psi
6500psi
6000psi
CPD Rapidcrete
9250psi
BASF Building Systems
Euclid
Euclid
Sika
WR Meadows
CPD Construction
Products
POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR– SECTION 03 01 36
28-Day
Compression
Strength
7250psi
8000psi
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
F.
2.2
The following polymer modified mortars will be permitted in cold weather applications at the
smaller/shallower repair areas only with prior written concurrence of the Architect:
Manufacturer
Product
BASF
Euclid
Sika.
WR Meadows
HB2 Repair Mortar
VersaSpeed
Sikatop 122 Plus (Winter Grade)
Meadow-Crete H c/w Hydraset-Free (non-chloride
set accelerator)
Minimum
Application
Temperature
39°F
19°F
23°F
25°F
Formwork Lumber
A.
2.3
Page 182
Formwork materials shall conform to ASTM C192-192M. Plywood and wood formwork shall be
new or otherwise clean and free of any laitance materials.
Curing Compounds
A.
Clear liquid conforming to ASTM standards, applied as directed by the manufacturer. It shall
not darken nor discolor the concrete surface. Do not use curing compounds on surfaces to
which other materials are to be bonded. Acceptable compounds are:
Manufacturer
BASF Building Systems
Euclid
CPD Construction Products
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Formwork Construction
A.
Product
Kure-N-Seal™ WB or Kure-N-Seal™ 30 ES or Kure-N-Seal™
25 ES
Aqua-Cure Vox (low odour water based cure and seal)
Acrylic Cure & Seal (WB)
Construct formwork so as to achieve the quality of finish specified.
B. Design formwork and falsework for construction loads and fluid pressures without
overstressing the material and without excessive deflection.
C. Make forms tight and flush faced to prevent the leakage of mortar and the creation of
unspecified fins or panel outlines.
D. Construct all formwork so that it can be readily removed without damage or shock to the
concrete or spalling of edges. Apply a form coating and release agent uniformly to the contact
surface of formwork panels before reuse.
E.
3.2
Be responsible for the safety of the structure before and after forms are removed. In no case
shall forms and supporting shores be removed until members can support their own weight
and superimposed construction loads without excessive stress, deflection or distortion. Obtain
authorization from the Architect before removing formwork. Provide all necessary information.
Preparation
A.
Comply with Sections 03 01 33 - Concrete Removal, and 03 01 34 - Reinforcing Steel.
POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR– SECTION 03 01 36
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 183
B. Notify the Architect for review of placement of repair mortar including application of slurry coat
or bonding agent.
3.3
Polymer Modified Mortar Placement
A.
Mix and apply polymer modified mortar in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written
specifications. Provide saturated surface dry substrate prior to applying slurry coats. Prepare
and scrub slurry coat into concrete patch substrate prior to placing mortar as required by the
manufacturer. For Sika products, Sikatop Armatec 110 EPOCEM may be used as a bonding
agent.
B. Ensure that sufficient time is allowed for curing prior to material being disturbed. All defective
repairs shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
C. Place polymer modified mortar on top horizontal surfaces in a single pour, and in layers on
vertical or overhead surfaces.
3.4
Finishing
A.
Finish to lines and levels of adjacent concrete. Edges shall be flush. Light steel trowel finish.
B. Wet curing must begin as soon as finishing is completed on any area. Cover fresh polymer
modified mortar with wet burlap and keep continuously moist or keep moist by mist spray of
water. Wet curing shall continue for at least 5 full days.
C. Use an approved curing sealing compound which will not inhibit the bond of the new paint in
lieu of wet curing in difficult areas. The use of curing sealing compounds will not be permitted
in areas where repairs are to be waterproofed.
D. Remove all evidence of leakage from the repair areas. If adjacent surfaces are painted,
repaint the areas with exterior grade latex paint approved by the Architect.
END OF SECTION 03 01 36
POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR– SECTION 03 01 36
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR– SECTION 03 01 36
Page 184
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 185
SECTION 03 37 19 – PRESSURE GROUTING
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Description
A.
1.2
Environmental Conditions
A.
1.3
This section specifies materials and methods for application of pressure grouting to repair
surfaces.
Take the necessary precautions whenever the air temperature falls below 41°F or exceeds
79°F. Make preparations in advance of placing concrete or grout. Shelter surfaces from direct
sun and wind by erecting appropriate sun shades and wind breaks. Do not place concrete or
grout whose temperature falls below 50°F or exceeds 77°F.
Inspection and Testing
A.
Conform to ASTM Standards otherwise specified herein.
B. Notify the Architect for field review of the following:
1.
Surface preparation including coating of reinforcement.
2.
Installation of formwork.
3.
Review of mixing and placement of pressure grout.
C. Mortar Testing
1.
Provide three standard cubes per day for testing compressive strength of grouting
mortar. Samples will be taken randomly from batches of mortar being placed. One
specimen will be tested at 7 days. Two specimens will be tested at 28 days to determine
compliance with the requirements of these specifications.
D. Mortar Test Compressive Strength
1.
Testing will be performed by an independent testing agency designated by the Architect.
2.
Mortar will be considered under strength if:
a. The average of any day's tests is below the specified strength.
b. Any single test falls below 80 percent of the specified strength.
c. In case of dispute, and at the discretion of the Architect, the Contractor may have
three 4in. dia. x 4in. long cores from the concrete or grout drilled and tested, at his
own expense for each result below the required strength. Sampling, testing and
evaluation shall be completed in accordance with ACI standards.
E.
Testing for Site-Mixed Concrete or Pressure Grout
1.
Concrete or grout testing by an independent agency will include:
a. A standard strength test for each 10cu.yd of concrete or grout placed, but not less
than one test for concrete or grout placed each day. Each strength test sample will
consist of four cylinders with proper identification and field data. Two specimens
will be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days. Store cylinders in a protected area free
from vibrations and tampering; maintaining a temperature of not less than 50°F
for a minimum of 20 hours prior to transporting to the testing laboratory for curing
in accordance with ASTM C192-C192M.
b. If concrete or grout is being placed when there is a probability of the air
temperature falling below 41°F during the curing period, each test sample shall
include two additional “field-cured” cylinder to be stored as near to the placed
concrete or grout as possible, shall receive the same protection from the elements
PRESSURE GROUTING – SECTION 03 37 19
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 186
as the concrete or grout that it represents. These cylinders shall be stored in the
field for the full 5-day cure period prior to being transported to the testing
laboratory for a 7-day compressive strength test.
c. Specimens shall not be removed from the moulds until after the 5-day cure period,
if the Contractor wishes to test “field-cured” cylinders earlier for removal of
formwork, additional samples should be prepared at the Contractor’s expense.
d. One or more standard air entrainment tests for the first three (3) site batches of
each day. The Architect may require additional testing for each batch placed, as
deemed necessary.
e. One or more standard slump tests for the first three (3) site batches of each day.
The Architect may require additional testing for each batch placed, as deemed
necessary.
f. Measure slump and air content before fibers or superplasticizers are added to the
concrete or grout repeat slump test after the addition of superplasticizers (if
applicable).
g. Concrete or grout will be considered under strength if:
i.
The average of any day's tests of each class of concrete or grout is below
specified strength.
ii.
Any single test result is more than 500psi below the specified strength.
iii.
In case of dispute, and at the discretion of the Architect, the Contractor may
have three 4inch diameter cores extracted from the concrete or grout and
tested at his own expense for each result below the required strength.
Testing and result shall be evaluated in accordance with ASTM C192-C192M.
h. If the Contractor cannot demonstrate an ability to consistently produce site batches
that comply with the specified mix design, the Architect may, in their discretion,
require either full time concrete or grout testing with the full cost being borne by
the Contractor, or total abandonment of the use of site-mixed concrete or grout.
F.
Testing for Ready-Mixed Concrete or Grout
1.
Concrete or grout testing by an independent and certified agency is to be provided, and
will include:
a. A standard strength test for each 15cu.yd of concrete or grout placed but not less
than one test for each type of concrete or grout placed each day. Each strength
test sample will consist of four cylinders with proper identification and field data.
Two specimens will be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days. Store cylinders in the
field for a minimum of 20 hours prior to transporting to the testing laboratory for
curing in accordance with ASTM C192-C192M.
b. If concrete or grout is being placed when there is a probability of the air
temperature falling below 41°F during the curing period, each test sample shall
include two additional “field-cured” cylinders to be stored as near to the placed
concrete or grout as possible, and shall receive the same protection from the
elements as the concrete or grout that it represents. This cylinder shall be stored in
the field for the full 5-day cure period prior to being transported to the testing
laboratory for a 7-day compressive strength test. Specimens shall not be removed
from the moulds until after the 5-day cure period, if the Contractor wishes to test
“field-cured” cylinders earlier for removal of formwork, additional samples should
be prepared at the Contractor’s expense.
c. One standard air entrainment test for each standard strength test in accordance
with ACI. If applicable, measure air content before superplasticizers or fibers are
PRESSURE GROUTING – SECTION 03 37 19
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 187
added to the concrete or grout and repeat test after the addition of
superplasticizers.
d. Temperature of the fresh concrete or grout shall be measured in accordance with
ASTM C1064M-99.
e. One or more standard slump tests with each standard strength test in accordance
with ACI. If applicable, measure slump before superplasticizers or fibers are added
to the concrete or grout and repeat slump test after the addition of
superplasticizers. The Architect may require additional testing for each truck load
placed, as deemed necessary.
f. Concrete or grout will be considered under strength if:
i.
The average of any day's tests of each class of concrete or grout is below
specified strength.
ii.
Any single test result is more than 500psi below the specified strength.
iii.
In case of dispute, and at the discretion of the Architect, the Contractor may
have three 4 inch diameter cores extracted from the concrete or grout and
tested at his own expense for each result below the required strength.
Sampling, testing and evaluation shall be completed in accordance with ACI
standards and practices.
PART 2.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
2.1
Non-Shrink Grout
A.
Provide manufacturer's minimum specified strength.
B. For repairs to soffit and vertical surfaces.
Manufacturer
BASF
Sika
2.2
Product
LA40 Repair Mortar
Sikagrout 212
MPa
6000psi
7500psi
Water
A.
Mixing and curing water: clear and free from deleterious substances, taken from the municipal
supply.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Formwork
A.
Design, construct, and install suitable formwork to the underside of the suspended slab, and
to the column faces (as applicable).
B. Formwork shall be constructed with joints sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of grout.
C. Inlet holes provided in the formwork shall be situated at the lowest point of the repair patch or
a horizontal face where applicable.
D. Outlet holes are to be provided at the highest location of the slab underside repairs.
E.
The edges of all plywood sheets shall be backed or supported to prevent separation or
opening. Provide a seal at the edge of all formwork.
F.
Coat formwork with a release agent prior to installation.
G. Fill forms with water a minimum of 12 hours prior to grouting to presoak existing slab.
3.2
Pressure Grout Proportioning
PRESSURE GROUTING – SECTION 03 37 19
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
A.
Page 188
Use in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. For the Sika system, mix Sikagrout 212
with equal parts Sikacem 810, or approved equal Sika product, and water to the specified
volume.
B. Grout produced shall be thixotropic with a minimum flow rate of twenty (20) seconds.
C. Extend grouting material with pea gravel for patches deeper than 2 inches, as directed by
manufacturer.
D. Mortar produced shall be normal weight with a minimum of 5000psi strength at 28 days.
3.3
Placement
A.
Base concrete or grout is to be clean, sound, roughened and water saturated prior to injection
of grout material.
B. Contractor is to provide a mixer and pump that is capable of handling pea gravel or trap rock
aggregate (if applicable).
C. The non-shrink grout shall be mixed in a mortar mixer of appropriate capacity to produce the
volumes required. Mixing should be allowed to continue at least five minutes after all
ingredients are in the mixer. Comply with all manufacturer's written specifications.
D. Pump fluid grout into repair area through inlets provided until area is completely filled. Prevent
deflection of formwork.
3.4
E.
Pumping equipment to be able to produce pressure recommended by manufacturer.
F.
Vibrate while pumping.
Curing
A.
Maintain a wet cure for a minimum period of 24 to 48 hours.
B. Following the wet cure, strip the forms and immediately apply a concrete curing and sealing
compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use an approved curing sealing
compound which will not inhibit the bond of new paint.
3.5
Clean-Up
A.
Repair anchor holes with approved polymer modified mortar.
B. Remove all evidence of leakage from the repair areas. If adjacent surfaces are painted,
repaint the areas with exterior grade paint approved by the Architect.
END OF SECTION 03 37 19
PRESSURE GROUTING – SECTION 03 37 19
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PRESSURE GROUTING – SECTION 03 37 19
Page 189
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 190
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07 14 13 – ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Description
A.
1.2
This Section specifies the supply and application of a waterproof coating system for parking
garage slabs.
Environmental Conditions
A.
Do not apply waterproofing when the ambient temperature is:
1.
below 41°F or over 86°F for standard membrane systems
2.
below 14°F or over 86°F for fast curing and low temperature membrane systems
B. Minimum substrate temperature at the time the waterproofing is installed shall be:
1.
50°Ffor standard membrane systems
2.
-4°F for fast curing and low temperature membrane systems
C. The moisture content of the slab shall be recorded at the time of application and shall be
acceptable to the Consultant and manufacturer for the materials applied.
1.3
Inspection and Testing
A.
1.4
1.
Surface preparation
2.
Sealed containers of materials supplied
3.
Mixing, placing finishing and curing
4.
Checking that a completely bonded system is produced
5.
The dry thickness of the membrane
Qualifications
A.
1.5
Notify Consultant for inspection of:
Products shall be installed by an applicator approved in writing by the manufacturer.
Warranty
A.
Contractor shall provide manufacturer’s standard five (5) year watertight warranty.
PART 2.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
2.1
Oil Cleaner
A.
2.2
Cleaning Products
A.
2.3
Use water-based, bio-degradable, non-toxic degreaser as approved by Consultant and
Membrane Manufacturer.
All cleaning products shall be solvent-free.
Sealants
A.
Use one of the following traffic bearing polyurethane based sealants for heel beads at column
and wall bases
System
Qualideck
Product
Sikaflex 2C
ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING - SECTION 07 14 13
Sealant Manufacturer
Sika Corp
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Vulkem
Vulkem THC 900 (THC 901)
Conipur
Sonneborn SL2
Auto-Gard FC:
Neogard 7991
LymTal HVT
Iso-Flex 880 GB
LymTal HVT
Iso-Flex 881R
Sikalastic
Sikaflex 2C
720/745 System
Or approved alternate
2.4
Page 191
Tremco
BASF
Neogard
LymTal
LymTal
Sika Corp
Material for the Protection of Concrete Driving Surfaces
A.
The slab surface is to be protected to the extent shown on the drawings.
B. The protective system as applied shall:
1.
Be a fully bonded system. The system must be fully bonded to the concrete surface and
all components of the system must be fully bonded to each other.
2.
Prevent access of waterborne material to the concrete substrate with permeance to
meet or exceed ASTM C957-81. And crack bridging to meet ASTM C957-81.
3.
Provide a tough wearing surface and provide adequate skid resistance for existing uses.
4.
Maintain these properties with exposure to the service conditions of the structure,
including temperature, de-icing agents, petroleum products and ultraviolet exposure.
5.
Be a color approved by the Owner.
C. Use one of the following systems:
1.
Standard Membrane Systems:
System
Manufacturer
Primer
Membrane
Wearcourse
UV Resistant
Auto-Gard FC
Neogard
7780 / 7781
FC7500 /
FC7960
FC7520 /
FC7962
Qualideck
Qualipur 152
Qualipur 252
Qualipur 461
Conipur II
Advanced
Polymer
Technology
BASF
Conipur 78
Vulkem
Tremco
Vulkem 191
LV
Conipur 265Z
Vulkem
360NF
Conipur 295UV
Vulkem
951NF
Kelmar
FWCIII
Technical
Barrier
Systems
LymTal
Dualox SF
Neo V II C
750 Base
Coat
760 Lock
Coat
Kelmar
FWCIII +
1910
760 Lock
Coat
FTP Primer
Sikalastic
720
Sikalastic
745
Iso-Flex 760
U Low Odor
HVT
Sika Corp.
Sikalastic
720/745
System
Or approved alternate
ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING - SECTION 07 14 13
Aggregate
(applied on
Wearcourse)
Silica or
quartz sand
12/20 mesh
Silica sand
10/20 mesh
Lock Coat
Silica sand
16/30 mesh
Silica sand
stalls:30/40
mesh
aisles:20/40
or 20/95
mesh
Silica sand
30/35 mesh
N/A
N/A
N/A
Vulkem
950 NF or
951NF
1910
Silica sand
16/30 grit
N/A
Silica or
quartz sand
12/20 mesh
N/A
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
2.
Fast Curing and Low Temperature Membrane Systems (use only upon approval of the
Consultant)
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Quality Control
A.
Page 192
Maintain on site at all times calibrated equipment for measuring temperatures and concrete
moisture content. Take measurements on a regular basis for quality control requirements and
when directed by the Consultant.
B. Provide adequate venting and barriers to prevent fume dispersion into building.
3.2
Surface Preparation
A.
Sandblast or otherwise mechanically abrade the bases of walls and columns to 6 inches
above slab to remove all contaminations, laitance and paint and expose fresh, clean intact
concrete surface.
B. Shotblast to remove all contaminations and laitance and expose fresh, clean, intact concrete
surface. Provide a heavier or more aggressive shot blast for levels 5A to 6B where the existing
surfaces is broom finished
C. Clean surface of all shot, and/or other loose materials and then chain drag the entire slab
surface to ensure there are no areas of unsound concrete.
D. Remove any existing crack sealant materials which are not compatible with the new system
and replace with approved sealant.
E.
Repair any rough or pitted areas of the slab surface. Blast surface clean with clean air, apply
leveling coat of epoxy mortar.
F.
Keep surface free of all dirt and traffic until protection is applied.
G. Inspect all surfaces to be waterproofed for surface contaminants. Follow manufacturer’s
recommendations for testing any areas noted.
H. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for minimum cure period required for new concrete
prior to applying materials. Perform ASTM D4263 test to qualitatively assess the moisture
content of concrete onto which waterproofing is to be applied.
3.3
Crack Treatment & Textured Surfaces
A.
Prime as recommended by the membrane manufacturer and apply waterproofing membrane
6in. wide centered on crack to 30mils dry film thickness.
B. For slabs with broom finish, apply a flood coat of the waterproofing membrane material to
level the texture and fill all grooves within the finished surface.
3.4
Heel Bead
A.
3.5
Install a ½ inch fillet bead of compatible sealant at all upturns prior to waterproofing.
Upturned Membrane
A.
Apply upturned membranes a minimum of 8 inches up adjacent vertical surfaces.
B. Apply membrane to top of all curbs or walkways six inches above parking surface.
1.
3.6
At curbs less than 6 inches, cover entire surface.
Application
A.
Store, handle, mix, apply and cure materials in accordance with the applicable manufacturer’s
specifications, except where specifically modified herein.
ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING - SECTION 07 14 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 193
B. Before submitting the tender, the Contractor shall visit the site and inspect the existing slabs
to be treated. The Contractor shall assess the requirements for reinforcement at cracks,
construction joints and corners, sleeves and curbs, and shall provide same within the
stipulated sum.
C. Application of product shall indicate acceptance of substrate preparation.
D. Coordinate the placement of the protective waterproofing systems with drains, pipes and other
items and finish the overlay properly and seal around such items. Provide a tooled joint, filled
with an approved sealant, around existing slab drains prior to waterproofing application.
Produce a waterproof joint at all junctions with other materials.
ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING - SECTION 07 14 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 194
System Application:
1.
Standard Membrane Systems
System
Primer Membrane
(2 coats =
15mil+15mil)
OVER CONCRETE
Auto-Gard FC yes
30mils
Wearcourse
(Parking)
Wearcourse
(Drive Aisles)
Wearcourse
(Ramps & Severe
Turning Radii)
Lock
Coat
a. 20 mils
b. 16.5
lbs/100 sf
c. Back Roll
Immediately
a. 20 mils
b. 16.5 lbs/100 sf
c. 20 mils
d. 16.5 lbs/100 sf
e. Back Roll
Immediately
none
Qualideck
yes
30mils
a. 15mils
b. 11-16.5
lbs/
100 sf
c. Back Roll
Immediately
a. 12 mils
b. 16.5
lbs/100 sf
c. 20 mils
d. 16.5
lbs/100 sf
e. Back Roll
Immediately
a. 25 mils
b. 17.6-26.4
lbs/100sf
c. Back Roll
Immediately
none
Conipur II
yes
30mils
Vulkem
yes
30mils
a. 20 mils
b. 11-16.5
lbs/
100 sf
c. Back Roll
Immediately
a. 15 mils
b. 16.5-20
lbs/
100 sf
c. Back Roll
Immediately
a. 25 mils
b. agg. To saturation
c. 20 mils
d. 15.4-22.0 lbs/100
sf
e. Back Roll
Immediately
a. 25 mils
b. agg. To saturation
c. 15mils
a. 20 mils
b. 110-165 lbs/1000sf
c. 20 mils
d. agg. To saturation
20mils
Kelmar FWC
III
yes
30mils
a. 32 mils
b. agg. To saturation
3mils
LymTal HVT
yes
30 mils
a. 15 mils
b. 60-80 lbs/1000sf.
c. 15 mils
d. 60-80 lbs/100sf.
e. Back Roll
Immediately
none
a. 18 mils
b. agg. To
saturation
a. 15 mils
b. 60-80
lbs/1000sf.
c. Back Roll
Immediately
ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING - SECTION 07 14 13
a. 25 mils
b. 17.6-26.4
lbs/100 sf
c. Back Roll
Immediately
a. 12 mils
b. 165-200
lbs/1000sf
c. 15-20mils
d. 110-200
lbs/1000sf
c. Back Roll
Immediately
a. 22 mils
b. agg. To
saturation
a. 15 mils
b. 60-80
lbs/100sf.
c. 15 mils
d. 60-80
lbs/100sf.
e. Back Roll
Immediately
none
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
System
Primer Membrane
(2 coats =
15mil+15mil)
OVER CONCRETE
Sikalastic
yes
30 mils
720/745
System
Page 195
Wearcourse
(Parking)
Wearcourse
(Drive Aisles)
Wearcourse
(Ramps & Severe
Turning Radii)
Lock
Coat
a. 18 mils
b. 10-15
lbs/100 sf
c. Back Roll
immediately
a. 14 mils
b. 10-15
lbs/100 sf
c. 18 mils
d. 10-15
lbs/100 sf
e. Back Roll
immediately
a. 18 mils
b. 10-15 lbs/100 sf
c. 20 mils
d. 10-15 lbs/100 sf
e. Back Roll
immediately
none
Or approved alternate
Note:
Add an additional 5 mils membrane thickness for application on levels K and L.
Values above in mils (thousandths of an inch) refer to membrane thickness, values in lbs/1000sf refer to
aggregate application rate.
E.
Where waterproofing is installed in more than one phase, provide a minimum 150mm overlap
between phases by overlapping each of the membrane course, wear course, and top coat a
minimum of 2inches. Each overlap shall be offset from that of the course below. Ensure all
surfaces are clean prior to overlapping material and prime as required by the manufacturer.
F.
The suspended slab has sloped surfaces. Ensure that the membrane and wear course are
applied in such a way as to achieve the specified minimum thickness at all locations. All
thicknesses specified are minimum required.
G. Upturns:
ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING - SECTION 07 14 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 196
EST3-C7: Elastomeric Membrane Upturn
H. Detailing shall conform to the Project Details (PD’s) referenced in Section 01 11 00 and as
follows:
ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING - SECTION 07 14 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 197
EST3-E13: Elastomeric Traffic Topping Repair Tie-in at Existing Traffic Topping
3.7
Traffic Markings
A.
Conform to requirements of Section 32 17 23 - Painted Traffic Markings.
B. Reinstate traffic markings to match original layout unless otherwise specified.
3.8
Cleaning and Painting
A.
Remove all evidence of leakage from the repair areas. If adjacent surfaces are painted,
repaint the areas with exterior grade latex paint approved by the Consultant.
END OF DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
SECTION 07 14 13
ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING - SECTION 07 14 13
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING - SECTION 07 14 13
Page 198
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 199
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES
SECTION 09 91 23 – GARAGE PAINTING
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Description
A.
Paint garage to meet the applicable local municipal code property standards and by-laws.
B. Surface preparation and painting of concrete and metal surfaces shall be done in accordance
with the requirements of this Specification.
C. All concrete surfaces on walls, columns and slab soffits shall be painted white.
D. All existing floor level markings, traffic arrows, exits, signage, etc. on walls shall be restored
color matched to existing.
E.
All sprinkler lines and fire cabinets shall be painted red as approved by the Architect or Owner.
If the fire cabinet is attached to a column, the entire column full height shall be painted red. If
the fire cabinet is attached to a wall, the full height of the wall and 12 inches either side of the
cabinet shall be painted red.
F.
In all cases the base coat or primer color shall be selected to contrast with the finish coat.
G. Re-painting traffic markings on floor slabs is included in Section 32 17 23.
1.2
Environmental Conditions
A.
Air temperatures during application and drying of paint shall be not less than 50°F and not
greater than 95°F.
B. Painting shall not be carried out during a rain or to wet or damp surfaces, nor if the relative
humidity is greater than 85%.
1.3
Inspection and Testing
A.
Notify the Architect for review of the surface preparation and paint application.
PART 2.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
2.1
All paint materials used on the project shall be listed on the Approved Products List which is issued
by the Master Painters Institute.
2.2
The paint used on this project shall be for exterior application.
A.
Paint for concrete surfaces to be one of the following:
Manufacturer
Glidden
Para
PPG
Sherwin Williams
Ideal
Base Coat
9410-0
1800
72-100
A-100
2000T
Finish Coat
9410-0
1800
72-45
A-100
2000T
B. Paint for metal surfaces to be as follows:
Manufacturer
ICI Devoe
PPG
Sherwin Williams
Primer
Devguard 4120
6-212
Kem Kromik Metal B50
GARAGE PAINTING – SECTION 09 91 23
Base Coat
Devguard 4308
54 line
B55 Series
Finish Coat
Devguard 4308
54 line
B55
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 200
2.3
Paint materials to be products of a single manufacturer, and designated by the manufacturer to be
compatible with the existing conditions and to each other.
2.4
All materials delivered to the site must be in the original containers with unbroken seals and intact
labels clearly identifying the products.
2.5
Use materials in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and requirements.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Quality Control
A.
3.2
Storage of Materials
A.
3.3
All work shall meet or exceed the more stringent of the manufacturer’s requirements or the
requirements of this Specification.
Store materials in a single location designated by the Architect. Maintain neat and clean.
Remove soiled and/or used rags at end of each work day to avoid risk of fire.
Surface Preparation for Concrete Surfaces
A.
Remove all surface mounted plates and hardware prior to surface preparation and replace
after work in the area completed.
B. Remove deleterious materials including:
1.
All particles of dirt, rust, dust, chalk, mildew, grease, oil and any other deleterious
materials which are detrimental to a good bond, by approved methods.
2.
All loose, flaking, blistered, deteriorated or otherwise unsound paint, by approved
methods.
C. All holes in the concrete surfaces greater than 1 inch in diameter shall be filled with filler
approved by the paint manufacturer.
D. Existing surfaces shall be prepared by using high pressure water wash well in advance of paint
application or other methods of Architect’s approval.
3.4
Paint Application to Concrete
A.
Apply paint by brush or roller in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements. Do
not use any other method of paint application unless prior approval is obtained in writing from
the Architect. (Application of white paint to concrete walls, columns, or slab soffit by airless or
conventional spray will be considered acceptable).
B. Take particular care to mask and cover adjacent surfaces to ensure neat and true paint lines.
Protect all adjacent surfaces, floors, windows, etc. from paint.
C. Apply a base coat of paint to all concrete surfaces which have been previously repaired or
filled.
D. Previously painted concrete surfaces found to be chalking, shall be thoroughly washed down
with water and wiped free of all chalking and related surface formations prior to application of
finish coat.
E.
Apply a finish coat of paint uniformly over the entire areas of concrete surfaces called for
herein. Do not apply a finish coat over the previously applied base coat until it is completely
dry.
F.
The dried finish coat shall be uniform in appearance and color. The “lap-in” areas shall exhibit
uniformity with the rest of the painted areas. The finish shall be free of dirt, coarse particles or
other foreign matter.
G. Do not attempt to fill cracks on slab soffits. After painting over such cracks, cut the cracks
open with a thin blade to permit any water accumulation in the cracks to drain out.
GARAGE PAINTING – SECTION 09 91 23
Project:
Project No:
3.5
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 201
Surface Preparation for Metal Surfaces
A.
Remove all existing rust and loose, flaking, deteriorated or otherwise unsound paint from the
metal doors, door hardware and stair railings which are to be repainted. Take particular care
to remove loose paint and rust down to bare metal or soundly adhered paint.
B. All metal surfaces shall be prepared by using hand-wire brushes, mechanical brushes,
mechanical grinders and sanders, sandpaper and other required method in accordance with
SSPC SP-3 Power Tool Cleaning.
C. Brush the gaps between metal components vigorously with a steel wire brush from both sides.
Ensure the rust is removed as deeply as possible.
3.6
Application of Primer Coat to Metal Surfaces
A.
Mix thoroughly to manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Apply primer coat by brush to all metal surfaces that were exposed by surface preparation.
3.7
Application to Base/Finish Coats to Metal Surfaces
A.
Apply by brush in strict accordance with manufacturer’s requirements. Do not use any other
paint application methods unless prior written approval is obtained from the Architect.
B. Apply base coat to all surfaces to a DFT of 2 mils.
C. Apply finish coat to all surfaces to a DFT of 2 mils.
D. The dried finish coat shall be uniform in appearance, color, and gloss. The “lap-in” areas shall
exhibit uniformly with the adjacent painted areas. The finish shall be free of dirt, coarse
particles, or any other foreign matter.
E.
Finish coat shall completely cover in one application. The Contractor shall touch-up areas
which were not properly coated the first time.
END OF SECTION 09 91 23
GARAGE PAINTING – SECTION 09 91 23
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
GARAGE PAINTING – SECTION 09 91 23
Page 202
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 203
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING
SECTION 22 14 26 – GARAGE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Description
A.
1.2
Environmental Conditions
A.
1.3
This section specifies the supply and installation of new drains and associated hardware.
Take the necessary precautions whenever the air temperature falls below +41°F or exceeds
+80°F. Make preparations in advance of placing non-shrink grout. Shelter surfaces from
direct sun and wind by erecting appropriate sun shades and wind breaks. Do not place nonshrink grout whose temperature falls below +50°F or exceeds +75°F.
Inspection and Testing
A.
Notify the Architect for field review of the exact drain locations.
PART 2.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
2.1
All materials on the job site shall be new, ASTM tested, best in quality and uniform, as specified.
2.2
Floor Drains
A.
Floor drains shall have a cast-iron body with a shop applied epoxy powder coating, secured
grate with conventional fasteners (not vandal proof) and sediment buckets. Unless otherwise
specified, all drains shall have a membrane clamping device, where applicable. Connection
shall be to match existing piping but no less than 4 inch diameter.
B. Use the following drains as supplied by one of the following suppliers:
1.
Deck Drains
Manufacturer
MIFAB Manufacturing
WATTS Drainage
Or pre-approved Equivalent
Product
F1100-FC7-3-5
FD-200-FC7-5
C. Use drain(s) as shown in Detail TDST3-F1
GARAGE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE - SECTION 22 14 26
Measurement
7” DIA
7” DIA
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 204
TDST3-F1 – Floor Drain Installation - Vehicle Traffic, Elastomeric Waterproofing
2.3
Drainage Piping and Fittings
A.
2.4
Drainage piping and fittings shall be medium weight, cast-iron mechanical joint pattern and
stainless steel clamps. Size to match existing but no less than 4 inch diameter unless
approved by Architect.
Clean-Outs
A.
Provide drainage system with sufficient cleanouts that will permit cleaning of the entire system.
Install clean out fittings at:
1.
on vertical drain leaders (stacks)
a. One at every second floor level and one fitting not more than 3ft upstream from the
bottom of the leader
2.
on lateral plumbing:
a. at every change in direction greater than 45 degrees
b. spaced not greater than 50ft apart
B. Clean-outs shall have an epoxy coated, cast iron body with neoprene gasket and secured
cover.
2.5
Supports
A.
All piping shall be supported at all floor drain locations and pipe elbows. Supports on
horizontal piping shall be at 8 ft. maximum spacing. All hardware shall be cadmium plated or
galvanized.
B. Clamps shall be secured with bolts into lead shields.
C. Soffit Hangers
1.
Adjustable band Hanger by Cooper Industries
GARAGE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE - SECTION 22 14 26
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
2.
Page 205
Or approved equivalent
D. Riser Clamps
2.6
1.
Cooper B-line Fig B3373 Standard Riser Clamp
2.
Or approved equivalent
Non-Shrink Grout
Manufacturer
Master Builders
Sika
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Equipment Delivery
A.
3.2
Product
Masterflow 928
Sika Grout 212
The Contractor shall review the job completion schedule and make sure that the materials
that are intended to be used shall be on the job site according to schedule. Use of substituted
materials due to delivery problems will not be accepted by the Owner.
Installation
A.
Identify the exact drain location by flooding the area in question to determine the slab low
point or other areas of ponding.
B. Install drain, pipe and other items required in a proper workmanlike manner in accordance
with applicable codes and manufacturer's recommendations (see TDST3-F1). Roughen or
sandblast sides of core hole prior to installing grout. Use a cement slurry bonding agent.
Coordinate the work with the restoration work. Do not cut reinforcing steel without Architect's
approval.
C. Ensure that the drain installation is coordinated with the traffic deck coating or waterproofing
membrane and that the interfaces are completely sealed.
D. Remove redundant piping and discard if not being reused. Terminate cut-off points in a proper
workmanlike manner in accordance with applicable codes.
E.
Ensure sufficient clean-outs are installed in the correct locations.
F.
Test all new and existing drains in the work area to ensure they drain freely. Notify the
Architect of any drainage problems found.
END OF SECTION 22 14 26
GARAGE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE - SECTION 22 14 26
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
GARAGE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE - SECTION 22 14 26
Page 206
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
SECTION 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical Systems
SECTION 26 05 19 – Low Voltage Power Conductors and Cables
SECTION 26 05 26 – Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
SECTION 26 05 33 - Raceways and Boxes for Electrical systems
SECTION 26 24 16 – Panelboards
Division 26 Sections forthcoming
END OF SECTION 26 [XX] [XX]
SECTION 26 [XX} [XX] – ELECTRICAL
Page 207
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 26 [XX} [XX] – ELECTRICAL
Page 208
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 209
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
SECTION 32 17 23 – PAINTED TRAFFIC MARKINGS
PART 1.
GENERAL
1.1
Description
A.
1.2
This Section specifies the products and applications for painting lines and markings on
garage slabs protected with elastomeric waterproofing systems.
Environmental Conditions
A.
1.3
Air temperature during application and drying of paint shall be not less than +50°F and not
greater than +95°C. Painting shall not be carried out on wet or damp surfaces.
Inspection and Testing
A.
The work shall be reviewed by the Consultant at the following Stages:
1.
Surface preparation
2.
After application of paint coat
PART 2.
MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS
2.1
General
A.
Conform to the requirements of local standards.
B. All materials delivered to the site must be in the original containers with unbroken seals and
intact labels clearly identifying the products.
C. Locations for paint colors selected from the following standard colors: white, yellow, blue, and
red, will be confirmed by the Owner.
D. The Contractor shall prepare one sample (minimum 1 sf.) on site for each color of the type of
paint to be used on this project.
2.2
Latex Line and Traffic Markings Paints:
Manufacturer
Akzo Nobel
PPG
Sherwin Williams
Approved equal
2.3
Alkyd Line and Traffic Markings Paints:
Manufacturer
Akzo Nobel
PPG
Sherwin-Williams
Approved equal
2.4
Product
Glidden Professional Traffic Paint, Water Reduced Acrylic
Porter Coatings Acrylic Zone Marking Paint
Setfast Acrylic Waterborne Traffic Paint
Product
Glidden Professional Heavy Duty Chlorinated Rubber Zone Marking Paint
Porter Coatings Alkyd Zone Marking Paint
Industrial and Marine Setfast Alkyd Waterborne Traffic Paint
Traffic Marking Paint Colors:
A.
Parking stall striping and directional signage shall be white or yellow to match existing stall
striping and directional signage painted on the traffic surface.
SECTION 32 17 23 – PAINTED TRAFFIC MARKINGS
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
Page 210
B. Accessible Parking stalls and accessible clear spaces and pathways shall be painted blue.
C. Curbs in “No Parking” areas shall be painted red.
2.5
Pedestrian Area Markings
A.
Alkyd traffic paint shall be used unless it is not compatible with selected vehicular traffic
coating Section (07 14 13).
B. Alkyd or Latex paint shall be compatible with the elastomeric traffic deck coating selected
from the above approved manufacturers.
C. The Contractor shall provide letters from selected vehicular traffic coating manufacturer and
paint manufacturer indicating compatibility of traffic coating and traffic paint.
PART 3.
EXECUTION
3.1
Surface Preparation
A.
3.2
Ensure surface is free of all loose debris, dirt, dust, chalk, grease, oil and any other
deleterious materials which are detrimental to good bond, and which would hinder the
durability of the paint.
Paint Application
A.
Ensure that locations and color of markings have been approved by the Owner.
B. Apply paint in strict accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Do not use any other
method of paint application unless prior approval is obtained in writing from the Consultant.
C. The dried coat shall be uniform in appearance and color. The finish shall be free of dirt,
coarse particles or other foreign matter.
D. Where traffic markings cross existing and new asphalt, paint the full extent of lines which
cross the work area.
E.
All edges shall be clean and straight, without splatter and of uniform width.
END OF SECTION 32 17 23
SECTION 32 17 23 – PAINTED TRAFFIC MARKINGS
Project:
Project No:
North Cannon Garage Repairs at The Ohio State University
CPOSU-13-002
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SECTION 32 17 23 – PAINTED TRAFFIC MARKINGS
Page 211
Cannon Drive
SOUTH CANNON
Upham Drive
KEY PLAN
PARKING STALLS
NORTH CANNON
W. 12th Avenue
W. 10th Avenue
PLOTTED BY: SGU PLOT DATE & TIME: 2013-03-18 2:58:01 PM PLOT: AT ANSI expand A (8.50 x 11.00 Inches) SHEET SIZE. READ DRAWING ACCORDINGLY.
FILE: K:\XR\2012\DRAWINGS\212XR282\212XR282F\212XR282F.GARAGE FLOOR PLANS.DWG
LEGEND
ORIGINAL DRAWING ISSUED BY POTTER TYLER MARTIN &
ROTH ARCHITECTS, DATED 12/12/69. DRAWING No. A-7.
SEVERE TURNING RADIUS
DRIVING LANES
PARSONS
BRINCKERHOFF
UNAUTHORIZED USE IS PROHIBITED
NORTH CANNON
GARAGE
REPAIRS
CAMPUSPARC
OSU,
COLUMBUS,
OHIO
AT
THE
OHIO
STATE
UNIVERSITY
NORTH CANNON GARAGE REPAIRS
NORTH CANNON GARAGE
LEVELS "K" & "L" TOPSIDE AND WATERPROOFING
Date:
4/29/13
18-Mar-13
Drawn by:
SGU
Scale:
NTS
Checked by:
GWS
Project No.
CPOSU
13 002
212xR282F
2545
350,
OHIO
43235
2300FARMERS
YONGE STDRIVE,
., SUITSUITE
E 230 0,
TO RONTCOLUMBUS,
O, O N CANADA
M4P
1E4 Drawing No.
PHONE
614.793.0191
PHONE: 416.487.5256
halsall.com
FAX: 416.487.9766
SK-1
DETERIORATED JOIST STEM
FOR REFERENCE
SOUTH CANNON
Upham Drive
KEY PLAN
NORTH CANNON
W. 12th Avenue
Cannon Drive
W. 10th Avenue
PLOTTED BY: SGU PLOT DATE & TIME: 2013-03-18 2:58:02 PM PLOT: AT ANSI expand A (8.50 x 11.00 Inches) SHEET SIZE. READ DRAWING ACCORDINGLY.
FILE: K:\XR\2012\DRAWINGS\212XR282\212XR282F\212XR282F.GARAGE FLOOR PLANS.DWG
LEGEND
DETERIORATED DOME
ORIGINAL DRAWING ISSUED BY O & S ASSOCIATES, DATED MARCH 6, 2000. DRAWING No. R-22.
PARSONS
BRINCKERHOFF
UNAUTHORIZED USE IS PROHIBITED
CAMPUSPARC
OSU,
COLUMBUS,
OHIO
NORTH CANNON
GARAGE
REPAIRS
AT
THE
OHIO
STATE
UNIVERSITY
NORTH CANNON GARAGE REPAIRS
NORTH CANNON GARAGE
LEVELS "K" & "L" - SOFFIT VISUAL SURVEY
Date:
5/16/13
18-Mar-13
Drawn by:
JJW
SGU
Project No.
CPOSU
013 002
212xR282F
2545
SUITE
OHIO
43235
2300 FARMERS
YONGE STDRIVE,
., SUIT E
230 0,350,
TO RONTCOLUMBUS,
O, O N CANADA
M4P
1E4 Drawing No.
PHONE 614.793.0191
PHONE: 416.487.5256
halsall.com
FAX: 416.487.9766
Scale:
NTS
Checked by:
DAL
GWS
SK-32
FLOOR ABOVE
PLOTTED BY: SGU ● PLOT DATE & TIME: 2013-02-05 10:48:22 AM ● PLOT: AT ANSI expand A (8.50 x 11.00 Inches) SHEET SIZE. READ DRAWING ACCORDINGLY.
FILE: K:\XR\2012\DRAWINGS\212XR282E\212XR282E.DETAILS-1.DWG
2"x4" STUDS @ 4'-0" O.C. MIN.
1/4" THICK PLYWOOD.
PROVIDE DUST
CONTAINMENT AT JOINTS
OF PLYWOOD SHEETS AT
ANY OTHER OPENINGS
FLOOR UNDER CONSTRUCTION
PROVIDE SAME BARRIER
AS FLOOR ABOVE
SHORING FLOOR LEVEL
UNAUTHORIZED USE IS PROHIBITED
ARPS
PARKING
REPAIRS
OHIO
STATE GARAGE
UNIVERSITY
AT THE
OHIO
STATE
UNIVERSITY
ARPS GARAGE REPAIRS
TYPICAL EXTERIOR BARRIER DETAIL
Date:
5-Feb-13
4/24/13
Drawn by:
SGU
Scale:
NTS
Checked by:
EDF
Project No.
CPOSU
13 001
212xR282E
3050 HARVESTER
ROAD, SUITE
BURLINGTON,
ON, CANADA
3J1 Drawing No.
2545
FARMERS DRIVE,
SUITE100,
350,
COLUMBUS,
OHIOL7N
43235
PHONE
614.793.0191
PHONE: 905.681.8481
halsall.com
FAX: 905.333.3903
L1-A2A
DOME CONCRETE SLAB
CONTINUOUS 2"x4"
TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES
JOIST / RIB
SCREWJACKS OR 2"x4"
STUDS @ 4' C/C
SHEETING MATERIAL
PLOTTED BY: SGU ● PLOT DATE & TIME: 2013-02-05 10:48:29 AM ● PLOT: AT ANSI expand A (8.50 x 11.00 Inches) SHEET SIZE. READ DRAWING ACCORDINGLY.
FILE: K:\XR\2012\DRAWINGS\212XR282E\212XR282E.DETAILS-1.DWG
SECURE TO SCREWJACK
(OR 2"x4" STUDS)
DRIVE OR PARK AREA
CONSTRUCTION AREA
CONTINUOUS 4"x8" PLYWOOD
OR WAFERBOARD (PAINTED
WHITE AT START OF PROJECT)
CONCRETE SLAB
NOTES:
1. SHEETING MATERIAL: POLYWEAVE SUPER HEAVY DUTY - POLYTARP PRODUCTS
(OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT).
2. TAPE ALL JOINTS IN SHEETING MATERIAL TO OBTAIN AN AIRTIGHT SEAL.
UNAUTHORIZED USE IS PROHIBITED
ARPS
PARKING
GARAGE REPAIRS
OHIO
STATE UNIVERSITY
AT ARPS
THE OHIO
STATE
UNIVERSITY
GARAGE REPAIRS
CONSTRUCTION PROTECTION SYSTEM
Date:
5-Feb-13
4/24/13
Drawn by:
SGU
Scale:
NTS
Checked by:
EDF
Project No.
CPOSU
13 001
212xR282E
3050 HARVESTER
ROAD, SUITE
BURLINGTON,
ON, CANADA
3J1 Drawing No.
2545
FARMERS DRIVE,
SUITE100,
350,
COLUMBUS,
OHIOL7N
43235
PHONE
614.793.0191
PHONE: 905.681.8481
halsall.com
FAX: 905.333.3903
L1-A2B
4"
0
A
10
1" CLEAR BETWEEN CONCRETE
AND REINFORCING (TYP.)
R
EA
CL P.)
25 (TY
DETERIORATED
CONCRETE (TYP.)
NEW OR EXISTING
EXISTING
#4 NOSING
NOSING BAR
BAR
10
EXISTING
TEMPERATURE
STEEL
EXISTING TOP
REINFORCING
EXISTING BOTTOM
REINFORCING
4" MIN.
100 MIN.
PLOTTED BY: SGU ● PLOT DATE & TIME: 2011-12-06 4:42:48 PM ● PLOT: AT ANSI expand A (8.50 x 11.00 Inches) SHEET SIZE. READ DRAWING ACCORDINGLY.
FILE: J:\I-CAD\02-TYPDE\01-BSC\TD RE-ORGANIZATION-TAXONOMY\ST7-A1.DWG
SECTION THROUGH STAIRS
ADD
#3 SUPPORT
SUPPORT DOWELS (1)
ADD MIN.
MIN. (2)
(2) 10
AT
EACH (1)
END
EACH
NOSING REPAIR.
DOWELS
ATOF
EACH
END
(AS REQUIRED)
(AS REQUIRED)
1"
25MIN.
MIN.
DRILL AND EMBED DOWELS PER
20 Ø HOLE
GROUT
WITH M-BED
ADHESIVE
GROUT
MANUFACTURER'S
STANDARD BY STERNSON OR
REQUIREMENTS/RECOMMENDATIONS.
APPROVED EQUAL
4"
100
A
-
PLAN VIEW - NOSING
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEE SPECIFICATION FOR DETAILS.
DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLIMETERS.
INCHES
PAY UNIT = EACH NOSING.
SUPPLY AND INSTALL DOUBLE SLIP-STRIPS AT ALL REPAIRED AREAS.
UNAUTHORIZED USE IS PROHIBITED
NORTH CANNON GARAGE REPAIRS
AT THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
TYPICAL CONCRETE STAIR NOSING REPAIR
Date:
6-Dec-11
4/29/13
5/16/13
Drawn by:
SGU
JJW
Scale:
NTS
Checked by:
ENG.
DAL
Project No.
CPOSU 13 XR
002
2 300 FARMERS
YO NGE STDRIVE,
., SUITE
2300,350,
TORO NTO
, ON CANADA
M4P
1E4 Drawing No.
2545
SUITE
COLUMBUS,
OHIO
43235
PHONE: 416.487.5256
halsall.com
FAX: 416.487.9766
ST7-A1
PHONE
614.793.0191
NOTES:
FLOOR
DETERMINED
BY THE
SHORING
1. THE
THE
FLOORSLABS
SLABSUNDER
UNDERCONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTIONSHALL
SHALL BE
BE SHORED
SHORED AS
A MINIMUM
OF THREE
LEVELS
BELOW
DESIGN
THE SHORING
SCHEME SHALL
BE DESIGNED
BY SHORING
A PROFESSIONAL
ENGINEER
OR TO ENGINEER.
SLAB-ON-GRADE,
UNLESS OTHERWISE
DETERMINED
BY THE
DESIGN ENGINEER.
REGISTERED
IN SCHEME
THE STATE
OF OHIO
AND SHALL
SUBMITTED TOENGINEER
THE CONSULTANT
FORIN
APPROVAL.
THE SHORING
SHALL
BE DESIGNED
BY BE
A PROFESSIONAL
REGISTERED
THE
THE SHORING SHALL BE ADEQUATELY BRACED.
STATE OF OHIO AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CONSULTANT FOR APPROVAL. THE SHORING
SHALL BE ADEQUATELY BRACED.
PLOTTED BY: SGU PLOT DATE & TIME: 2013-02-14 4:18:05 PM PLOT: AT ANSI expand A (8.50 x 11.00 Inches) SHEET SIZE. READ DRAWING ACCORDINGLY.
FILE: K:\XR\2012\DRAWINGS\212XR282E\212XR282E.DETAILS-1.DWG
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
1.
INSTALL SHORING.
2.
AT LOCATIONS IDENTIFIED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY THE CONSULTANT, REPAIR TOP
SURFACE / SOFFIT DELAMINATION AS THROUGH SLAB DOME REPAIRS.
3.
CHIP AND EXPOSE ANY TOP REBARS THAT ARE PARTIALLY EMBEDDED. CHIP TO ACHIEVE A MINIMUM
OF 114" CLEARANCE ALL AROUND OF EXPOSED REBAR.
4.
REMOVE THE DOME CONCRETE USING 15lb CHIPPING HAMMERS. TRIM EDGES AT JOISTS AND BEAMS
NEATLY.
5.
AT LOCATIONS DIRECTED BY THE CONSULTANT, REMOVE JOIST RIBS FULL DEPTH.
6.
SANDBLAST CLEAN ALL EXPOSED REBARS SCHEDULED TO REMAIN,FREE OF ALL RUST.
7.
INSTALL ADDITIONAL REINFORCING FOR JOISTS AND BEAMS AS DIRECTED BY THE CONSULTANT.
8.
FORM DOMES AND REPLACED RIBS AND INSTALL EPOXY COATED WIRE MESH AND OTHER SHOWN
AND REQUIRED REINFORCING.
9. POUR, FINISH AND CURE CONCRETE.
10. APPLY ELASTOMERIC VEHICULAR TRAFFIC COATING PER SECTION 07 14 13 TO ALL CONCRETE REPAIRS.
REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION PER IBC 2009
CONTINUOUS
DURING
OPERATIONS
VERIFICATION AND INSPECTION
PERIODIC
1. INSPECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL, INCLUDING
PRESTRESSING TENDONS, AND PLACEMENT.
X
2. INSPECTION OF REINFORCING STEEL WELDING IN
ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 1704.3, ITEM 5B.
X
3. VERIFYING USE OF REQUIRED DESIGN MIX.
X
4. AT THE TIME FRESH CONCRETE IS SAMPLED TO FABRICATE
SPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH TESTS, PERFORM SLUMP AND AIR
CONTENT TESTS, AND DETERMINE THE TEMPERATURE OF THE
CONCRETE.
X
5. INSPECTION OF CONCRETE AND SHOTCRETE PLACEMENT FOR
PROPER APPLICATION TECHNIQUES.
X
6. INSPECTION FOR MAINTENANCE OF SPECIFIED CURING
TEMPERATURE AND TECHNIQUES.
X
7. INSPECT FORMWORK FOR SHAPE, LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS
OF THE CONCRETE MEMBER BEING FORMED.
X
UNAUTHORIZED USE IS PROHIBITED
PARSONS
BRINCKERHOFF
NORTH
GARAGE REPAIRS
OHIOCANNON
STATE UNIVERSITY
AT THE
OHIO
STATE
UNIVERSITY
ARPS GARAGE REPAIRS
Date:
4/29/13
14-Feb-13
5/16/13
Drawn by:
SGU
JJW
NOTES AND REPAIR PROCEDURE
Project No.
2545
FARMERS DRIVE,
SUITE100,
350,
COLUMBUS,
OHIO L7N
43235
3050 HARVESTER
ROAD, SUITE
BURLINGTON,
ON, CANADA
3J1
PHONE
614.793.0191
PHONE: 905.681.8481
halsall.com
FAX: 905.333.3903
Drawing No.
Scale:
NTS
Checked by:
EDF
DAL
CPOSU
13 002
212xR282E
PD-2
DELAMINATED PREVIOUS
REPAIR
x
x
x
x
RIB
10"
TYPICAL EXISTING JOIST
REINFORCING, TOP & BOTTOM
TYPICAL RIB SPLITTING
x
x
x
x
x
x
1" CLEAR
x
DOME
x
x
x
1'-2"
4"
DELAMINATED FLOOR
SLAB (TYP.)
EXISTING REINFORCING
CENTERED OVER BEAMS
x
x
x
1" CLEAR
EXISTING DRAPED WELDED
WIRE FABRIC SPANNING
PERPENDICULAR TO JOISTS
1" CLEAR
PLOTTED BY: SGU PLOT DATE & TIME: 2013-02-14 4:18:07 PM PLOT: AT ANSI expand B (11.00 x 17.00 Inches) SHEET SIZE. READ DRAWING ACCORDINGLY.
FILE: K:\XR\2012\DRAWINGS\212XR282E\212XR282E.DETAILS-2.DWG
EXISTING BAR CONT. IN
DISTRIBUTION RIB
5" TYP.
2'-11" TYP.
JOIST DELAMINATION
AND SPALLING
EXISTING CONDITION
1'-0" LAP DISTANCE
EXISTING WWF TO
REMAIN ALONG
PERIMETER OF
REPAIR AREA
EXISTING JOIST REINFORCING
TO REMAIN. SANDBLAST CLEAN
(TYP.)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25 CONVENTIONAL
REMOVAL
FULL DEPTH REMOVAL OF JOIST AT SELECTED
AREAS AS DESIGNATED IN THE FIELD BY THE
ASSOCIATE ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR TO USE
JACK HAMMERS FOR REMOVAL
EXISTING JOIST REINFORCING
TO REMAIN. SANDBLAST CLEAN
FREE OF RUST AND LOOSE
MATERIALS
SAW CUT 1/2"
ALONG PERIPHERY
OF REPAIR AREA
x
x
x
x
x
x
3"
1"
TYP.
4"
x
x
x
10"
B
A
NOTE:
EXTENT OF DOME SLAB REMOVAL.
TO BE IDENTIFIED IN THE FIELD BY
THE CONSULTANT ENGINEER.
EXISTING CONCRETE TO REMAIN
POST SHORES (TYP.)
EXISTING JOIST
RIB TO REMAIN
DEMOLITION
APPLY CEMENT SLURRY BONDING
AGENT OVER EXISTING CONCRETE
SURFACES IMMEDIATELY BEFORE
APPLYING CONCRETE (TYP.)
NEW WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PER SECTION 07 14 13
NEW CONCRETE
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1/2" TOOLED
CAULK JOINT
x
x
x
x
1" TYP.
x
1" CLEAR
4"
NEW
DOME SLAB
x
x
NEW EPOXY COATED
WWF 4x4 - W4xW4.
DRAPE WIRE MESH
TO MATCH EXISTING
1" CLEAR
SUPPLEMENT WITH NEW
REINFORCING AS DIRECTED
IN FIELD BY ASSOCIATE
ENGINEER
1'-0" LAP DISTANCE
EXISTING WWF TO
REMAIN ALONG
PERIMETER OF
REPAIR AREA
AFTER CURING REPAIRS, PAINT ALL
CONCRETE REPAIRS VISIBLE FROM BELOW,
TYP.
SUPPLEMENT WITH NEW
REINFORCING AS
DIRECTED IN FIELD BY
ASSOCIATE ENGINEER
5"
EXISTING JOIST TO REMAIN
POUR NEW SECTION OF JOIST WITH
THE NEW SLAB, DIMENSIONS OF
NEW JOIST TO MATCH EXISTING
EXISTING REINFORCING CENTERED
OVER BEAMS (TYP.)
NEW #4 HOOK BARS @ 12" O.C.
SET WITH EPOXY ADHESIVE
REPAIR
A: THROUGH SLAB DOME/TOP SURFACE REPAIRS TO INCLUDE REMOVAL OF CONCRETE, REPLACEMENT
B: JOIST/RIB REPLACEMENT TO INCLUDE REMOVAL OF CONCRETE, STEEL PREPARATION AND CONCRETE
REPLACEMENT. REPLACEMENT OF REINFORCING STEEL EXTRA. PAY RATE PER LIN. FT OF JOIST/RIB
UNAUTHORIZED USE IS PROHIBITED
PARSONS
BRINCKERHOFF
NORTH
GARAGE REPAIRS
OHIOCANNON
STATE UNIVERSITY
AT ARPS
THE OHIO
STATE
UNIVERSITY
GARAGE REPAIRS
CONCRETE REPAIR SECTION
Date:
4/29/13
14-Feb-13
5/16/13
Drawn by:
SGU
JJW
Scale:
NTS
Checked by:
DAL
EDF
Project No.
CPOSU
13 002
212xR282E
2300 FARMERS
YONGE STDRIVE,
., SUIT E
230 0,350,
TO RONTCOLUMBUS,
O, O N CANADA
M4P
1E4 Drawing No.
2545
SUITE
OHIO
43235
PHONE
614.793.0191
PHONE: 416.487.5256
halsall.com
FAX: 416.487.9766
PD-3
PLOTTED BY: SGU PLOT DATE & TIME: 2013-02-14 4:18:07 PM PLOT: AT ANSI expand B (11.00 x 17.00 Inches) SHEET SIZE. READ DRAWING ACCORDINGLY.
FILE: K:\XR\2012\DRAWINGS\212XR282E\212XR282E.DETAILS-2.DWG
CORRODED EXISTING REBAR TO REMAIN
10"
4"
SOUND CONCRETE
DELAMINATED AND DETERIORATED CONCRETE
AS SHOWN IN HATCHED AREA. REMOVE DETERIORATED
AND SOUND CONCRETE AS SHOWN IN HATCH AREA (TYP.)
SHORING (TYP.)
EXISTING CONDITION
1" MIN.
1" MIN.
10"
4"
NEW SUPPLEMENTAL REINFORCEMENT STEEL
AS DIRECTED BY THE ASSOCIATE ENGINEER
IN THE FIELD (TYP.)
REPAIR MORTAR
REPAIR MORTAR
SANDBLAST CLEAN EXISTING
REINFORCING STEEL
(TYP.)
AFTER CURING REPAIRS, PAINT ALL
CONCRETE REPAIRS VISIBLE FROM BELOW,
TYP.
SHORING (TYP.)
REPAIRED CONDITION
REPAIR PROCEDURE:
1.
2.
3.
REMOVE DELAMINATED AND SOUND CONCRETE AS SHOWN FROM SOFFIT USING 7kg
CHIPPING
HAMMERS
15 POUND
CHIPPING
HAMMERS
REMOVE CONCRETE 11 4" MINIMUM BEHIND EXPOSED BARS.
SANDBLAST CLEAN REBARS FREE OF ALL RUST AND LAITANCE.
SUPPLEMENTAL REINFORCING SCHEDULE FOR SOFFIT REPAIR:
1.
2.
3.
IF LOSS OF CROSS SECTION OF REBAR IS LESS THAN 20%, NO SUPPLEMENTAL REINFORCING IS REQUIRED.,
EXCEPT AS DIRECTED BY CONSULTANT IN THE FIELD
PROVIDE
REINFORCEMENT
CONSISTING OF #4
IF REBARS HAVE LOST MORE
MORE THAN
THAN 20%,
20% OF
THIER SUPPLEMENTAL
CROSS SECTION,
PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL
REINFORCEMENT
CONSISTING
OF #4 REBARS.
CONTRACTOR
EXTEND
OPENING
TOON
PROVIDE
A
REBARS. CONTRACTOR
SHALL EXTEND
OPENING
TO PROVIDESHALL
A MINIMUM
LAPPING
OF 15"
BOTH SIDES
MINIMUM
LAPPING
OF 15" ON BOTH SIDES OF CORRODED LOCATION.
OF CORRODED
LOCATION.
CONTRACTOR AT THEIR OPTION, INSTEAD OF LAPPING REBARS IS PERMITTED TO USE MECHANICAL BAR
SPLICES (SUCH AS DAYTON BAR SPLICE), WELDED SPLICES OR APPROVED EQUAL.
UNAUTHORIZED USE IS PROHIBITED
PARSONS
BRINCKERHOFF
NORTH
GARAGE REPAIRS
OHIO CANNON
STATE UNIVERSITY
AT ARPS
THE OHIO
STATE
UNIVERSITY
GARAGE REPAIRS
REPAIR DETAIL OF JOISTS STEM
USING PRESSURE GROUT
2545
SUITE
OHIO
43235
2300 FARMERS
YONGE STDRIVE,
., SUIT E
230 0,350,
TO RONTCOLUMBUS,
O, O N CANADA
M4P
1E4
PHONE: 416.487.5256
halsall.com
FAX: 416.487.9766
PHONE
614.793.0191
Date:
5/16/13
14-Feb-13
Drawn by:
SGU
JJW
Scale:
NTS
Checked by:
DAL
EDF
Project No.
CP0SU
13 002
212xR282E
Drawing No.
PD-4
J
27'-0"
I
18'-6"
H
27'-0"
F
G
27'-0"
6'-6"
18'-6"
6'-6"
NOTE:
DIMENSIONS PROVIDED ARE FROM
AVAILABLE DOCUMENTATION OF EXISTING
CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR FIELD VERIFY.
35'-0"
4
OVERHEAD REPAIRS ALONG SLAB
EDGES, AS PER DETAILS ON SHT HP-2 (TYP)
FINAL LOCATIONS & REPAIR EXTENTS SHALL
BE BASED ON CONTRACTOR'S DELINEATION
OF DETERIORATED CONCRETE AREA AND
CONCURENCE OF THE ENGINEER.
3
28'-0"
"
R=20'-0
EXISTING SAFETY FENCE POST ANCHORED INTO EXISTING
CONCRETE, TYP.
2
35'-0"
18'-6"
K
27'-0"
NORTH
5'-0"'
L
5'-0"
M
1
FOR AREAS WHERE TOP OF SLAB WATERPROOFING REPAIRS
ARE REQUIRED, SOUND TOP SURFACE OF CONCRETE FOR
DETERIORATED CONCRETE, REMOVE DETERIORATED
CONCRETE AND, REPAIR AND CURE POLYMER MODIFIED
MORTAR REPAIRS PER SPECIFICATIONS.
NORTH CANNON GARAGE REPAIRS
AT THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
5/16/13
JJW
HELIPAD PLAN
2545 FARMERS DRIVE, SUITE 350,
PHONE 614.793.0191
NTS
DAL
CPOSU 13 002
COLUMBUS, OHIO 43235
HP 1
NOTE: AT EXISTING FENCE POST
CONNECTIONS, REMOVE LOOSE
MATERIALS FROM EXISTING
EMBEDMENT POCKETS AND,
THOROUGHLY CLEAN POST AND
POCKET. COAT WITH BITUMINOUS
PAINT AND GROUT SOLID WITH
NON SHRINK GROUT.
EXISTING POST FOR SAFETY FENCE,
FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS, ANGLE, AND
EMBEDMENT. PRESERVE & PROTECT IN PLACE.
DETERIORATED CONCRETE LOCATIONS.
TYPICAL LOCATIONS ARE ILLUSTRATED
ON PLAN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR
SOUND EXISTING CONCRETE EDGE AND
DELINEATE LIMITS OF DETERIORATED
CONCRETE FOR REVIEW + CONCURRENCE
OF THE ENGINEER.
EXISTING CONDITION
1
SAWCUT EDGES OF REPAIR ARES
1
2 " DEEP + REMOVE DETERIORATED
CONCRETE. REMOVE CONCRETE 1 41 "
BEHIND EXPOSED REINFORCING BARS.
4
FORM + PLACE PRESSURE GROUTED
REPAIR TO MATCH PROFILE OF
EXISTING SLAB, INCLUDING DRIP EDGE.
2
THOROUGHLY CLEAN AND COAT
REINFORCING PER SPECIFICATIONS.
34 IN LOCATIONS WHERE THERE
ARE NO BOTTOM BARS ALONG
EDGE, REFER TO " BAR PLACEMENT
DETAIL" BELOW
NEW CONDITION
6"
6 21 " CLEAR TO BOTTOM
OF DOWEL BARS.
1"
2"
IN LOCATIONS WHERE REMOVAL OF
DETERIORATED CONCRETE REVEALS
NO BOTTOM REINFORCING BARS, AND
AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER, DRILL
AND EMBED 2-#5 HOOKED DOWELS
10" , 4" FROM EACH EDGE OF
REPAIR AND PLACE ONE #5 BAR 5"
ALONG EDGE OF REPAIR CONCRETE.
5"
DRILL AND EMBED DOWELS PER
ADHESIVE GROUT MANUFACTURER'S
REQUIREMENTS/RECOMMENDATIONS.
BAR PLACEMENT DETAIL
SUPPLEMENTAL REINFORCING SCHEDULE FOR SOFFIT REPAIR
1. IF LOSS OF CROSS
ISIS
CROSS SECTION
SECTION IS
IS LESS
LESS YHAN
THAN 20%,
20%, NO
NO SUPPLEMENTAL
SUPPLEMENTALREINFORCING
REINFORCING
REQUIRED,
EXCEPT
AS
DIRECTED
BY
CONSULTANTS
IN
THE
FIELD.
REQUIRED.
AS DIRECTED BY CONSULTANT IN THE FIELD.
REBARSHAVE
HAVELOST
LOSTMORE
MORETHAN
THAN20%,
20% PROVIDE
OF THIERSUPPLEMENTAL
CROSS SECTION,
PROVIDE
2. IF REBARS
REINFORCEMENT
SUPPLEMENTAL
REINFORCEMENT
CONSISTING
OFEXTEND
#4 REBARS.
CONTRACTOR
SHALL
CONSISTING OF #4
REBARS. CONTRACTOR
SHALL
OPENING
TO PROVIDE
A
EXTEND
OPENING
TO
PROVIDE
A
MINIMUM
LAPPING
OF
15"
ON
BOTH
SIDES
OF
MINIMUM LAPPING OF 15" ON BOTH SIDES OF CORRODED LOCATION.
CORRODED LOCATION.
3. CONTRACTOR AT THEIR OPTION, INSTEAD OF LAPPING REBARS IS PERMITTED TO USE
MECHANICAL BAR SPLICES (SUCH AS DAYTON BAR SPLICE), WELDED SPLICES OR
APPROVED EQUAL.
NORTH CANNON GARAGE REPAIRS
AT THE OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY
5/16/13
JJW
NTS
DAL
HELIPAD CONCRETE REPAIRS
CPOSU 13 002
2545 FARMERS DRIVE, SUITE 350,
PHONE 614.793.0191
COLUMBUS, OHIO 43235
HP 2